Home

Eventide VRs User Manual

1. Toggle To filter on Call Length Select Filters Select By Call Length Enter the minimum duration Click Switch Enter the maximum duration Click OK Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 4 Recorder Operation 111 112 Login Setup info Recai 3121 2004 1 0 00 16 02 05 1 02 02 1 00 16 WE 5 1 00 29 1 00 28 1 00 41 4 00 42 0 00 16 mi GO M WOM Wh we The calls displayed will fall between the two parameters but will not include the parameters In other words a range of 51 to 53 seconds will only display calls with a duration of 52 seconds but not 51 or 53 A range of 51 to 52 will display no calls To filter on Date Time Range Select Filters Select By Date Time Range Enter the start date and time using the left and right arrows and the scroll wheel Click Switch Enter the end date and time using the left and right arrows and the scroll wheel Click OK Login setup info Recai ul 222004 14 09 01 ED Le seit sri 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST D See 17 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 22 Jul 2004 14 07 10 25 Jul 2004 00 00 00 0 21 58 06 AMST Touch screen or Mouse Click on field desired and click on up down arrows to select date time To filter on dialed DTMF digits Select Filters Select By DTMF digits Enter the string of digits Click OK Chap 4 Recorder Operation Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Jul 21 2004 16 Login Setup Info Recall crama L orton
2. 7000 Email failure Error lt 110 gt Take action based on error Send a test email message to check email function 7001 An unknown error code of lt 110 gt was received 7002 An email has been sent to lt 110 gt lt 111 gt with the subject lt 112 gt No action required 7003 The alert lt 110 gt has been acknowledged by user lt 111 gt No action required 8001 The user lt 110 gt has requested a system shutdown No action required 8002 The user lt 110 gt has been automatically logged out No action required 8003 Client login with username lt 110 gt version lt 111 gt client string lt 112 gt No action required 8004 Client has logged out with username lt 110 gt No action required 8005 Client login has failed with username lt 110 gt No action required 8006 The system time has been changed on recorder lt 1 gt by user lt 110 gt the old time was lt 111 gt the new time is lt 112 gt No Action Required if the time change is expected 8007 Configuration change by user lt 110 gt lt 111 gt No action required if the change is expected 8008 Shutdown requested via key please wait No action required 8009 Archive Failsafe Mode Canceled by user lt 110 gt B2 Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix l Alert Configuration
3. 2 Calculating recording statistics creates an extra load on the recorder so you should schedule statistics collection during periods of low recording activity Recorder Config File View Help Config Items SiRecorders SIVR 615 SN60001 254 Miscellaneous Call Suppression User Accounts Boards and Channels HLogs and Alerts Configuration Files Custom Fields Scheduled Recording Workstations Client Activity Archiving Clustering Packet Capture wVR 778 SN90000098 BVR 725 SN70000596 Miscellaneous Call Suppression User Accounts Boards and Channels Logs and Alerts Configuration Files Custom Fields Workstations Client Activity Archiving Clustering Packet Capture Scheduled Recording Schedules Statistics Collector Figure 35 Scheduled Recording Screen Create New 5 11 1 Creating a New Schedule Current Schedule Statistics Collector V Enabled Scripting Tag Channels 5 Activation Expiration Time Zone UTC Activate Now Expires Never 04 27 2009 Sf o1 0o 00PM S 04 27 2009 zluzampm S Action Start Recording Disable Recording Send Notification O Statistics p Period Hoy O Daily O Weekly O Monthy O One Time m Hourly Parameters Start at i E minutes past the hour Duration i minutes seconds Repeat every hours YR 725 5N70000596 RW To create a new schedule perform the foll
4. e Channel Group defaults to All Channels and lists any custom groups on the system e Yes No Resume archiving on startup e Yes No Allow archiving of in progress calls e Yes No Enable archive protection for number days e Yes No Do call source tracking e Yes No Limit archive timespan to number days number hours number minutes There is a Drive Parameters section specifically for DVD RAM e Auto eject media e Enable label printer recorder based label printer Figure 37 Archiving NET Drive View Recorder Config DER File View Help Config Items SRecorders Archive Drives EVR 615 SN69000001 Hyacinth Type Archive Name NET Media Info GIVA 725 SN70000596 Moonbeam Nod d Miscellaneous FE Call Suppression use These actions performed by these buttons will take effect immediately Pressing the lier Accounts Not Apply button will not be required Boards and Channels Idi Logs and Alerts Configuration Files Custom Fields m NAS Parameters Scheduled Recording Workstations Client Activity Host name GiArchiving See Archive Failsafe Workgroup domain Centralized Archive Sources VR 725 SN70000595 Hummingbird VR 725 SN70000594 Bluebird Password SYR 725 SN70000597 Sunshine VR 725 SN70000039 Honeysuckle Standard Parameters GVR 615 SN60000189 Lilypad Start Archiving Set Current Archive Time Period Archive Enable Network Archive User name A
5. Monitor Ability to monitor live calls INFO screen only Managing Users To add users plug a keyboard into the USB connector on the front or back of the recorder If you don t have a USB keyboard you can plug a PS2 keyboard into its round 6 pin connector on the rear panel but it may be necessary to shutdown and restrart the recorder for it to be recognized The keyboard is necessary for entering alphabetic characters With a touch screen recorder you can also use the keyboard that appears on the screen but a keyboard may be more convenient For a non touch screen recorder perform the following steps 1 2 Press Setup scroll to User Administration and select it Press Add Note For a touch screen recorder or for one with a monitor and mouse the following steps require clicking on or selecting the individual cells The horizontal scrollbar is used to bring cells onto the screen as necessary Type in a login name for the user and hit the ENT button on the front panel twice Use the scroll wheel or the keyboard arrow keys to scroll to the Password cell and press the encoder wheel to edit the cell Type in a password using the keyboard or the front panel numeric keypad The password consists of a string of from three to 10 digits Of course longer passwords are more secure Important It is easy to place spaces at the beginning or end of the password accidentally Please make sure there are no spaces in the passw
6. Selected Adapters Specify the name of any network adapters Ethernet boards that you wish to use to capture VolP traffic They must exist in the Found Adapters section of the file Under Protocol Ports select the port range for VoIP signaling between the phones and PBX system Under Audio Ports select the port range for VoIP audio packets Under IpToChannel or MacToChannel define the specific IP or MAC address for each phone set on the network Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 IpT oChannel IpForChO00 192 168 2 209 IpForCh001 192 168 2 239 IpForChO02 192 168 2 14 IpForChO03 1 92 168 2 156 IpForCh004 192 168 2 155 MacT oChannel MacForChO00 00 00 00 00 00 00 e The number of channels enabled for recording on this gateway is limited by the number of channel licenses purchased from Eventide You must either use IP addresses or MAC addresses not a combination of the two Consequently the address format not employed should be entered all as zeros e When finished go to the File menu and click Apply For your changes to take effect restart the gateway VoIP Gateway Diagnostics Using Parrot DSC Maintenance Tool One way to confirm that all audio data for recording is received by the gateway is by using the Parrot DSC Maintenance Tool a utility that tracks network traffic and lists the IPs and MAC addresses of all connected phone sets and computers The Maintenance Tool comes preinstalled on the VoIP Gate
7. This application program provides remote access to recorder data and functions specifically for call center users This program requires an additional software license and is documented in a separate manual Eventide MediaWorks This application program provides remote access to recorder data and functions specifically for call center managers This program requires an additional software license and is documented in a separate manual Eventide MediaCoach This application program provides call center managers with an easy to use tool for agent evaluation coaching and quality monitoring This program requires an additional software license and is documented in a separate manual 5 1 2 Do You Need to Install the Client Software at all The Atlas Recorders are designed as standalone products and it is not necessary to install the clients to use the product A non networked recorder controlled only through the recorder front panel may be adequate for some organizations However the advantages and extra functionality that are provided by the clients may be important to your needs EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 129 The advantages to using the clients include the following e Perform tasks at your desk rather than at the recorder e Perform tasks more easily with a full sized computer monitor and a keyboard and mouse This is especially true for certain tasks Ch
8. Start at Enter the number of hours and minutes past midnight that you want the scheduled action to start Duration Enter the length of time in hours minutes and seconds for the scheduled action Ignored for statistics collection Select Day s of the week Check all days of the week for which you would like this scheduled action to occur At least one day must be selected as many as seven may be selected In the example above the schedule will start at 7 AM have a duration of 9 hours and will only occur on Monday through Friday e Monthly Scheduling Parameters When the Monthly period is selected the following parameter fields are displayed Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 167 Start at Enter the number of hours and minutes past midnight that you want the scheduled action to start Duration Enter the length of time in hours minutes and seconds for the scheduled action Ignored for statistics collection Schedule action on day Enter the day of the month on which you want the scheduled action to start Select Month s Check all the months that you want to this schedule to repeat At least one month must be selected and as many as twelve may be selected In the example above the schedule will start at 8 AM for a duration of 10 hours on the 20t day of May June July and August e One Time Scheduling Parameters When the One Time period
9. channels VoIP 8 64 8 128 channels Maximum 4 drives RAID 5 2 6 drives RAID 1 or RAID 5 hard disk capacity 16 Chap 2 Recorder Setup Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Standard 2 X 9 4 GB DVD COMBO DVD RAM R 2 X 9 4 GB DVD COMBO 1 CD RW archive drives Standard 2 X 250 GB 2 X 120 GB hard disk storage Optional 2 X DDS4 SCSI 1TB Hot swap RAID 2 X DDS 4 Removable hard drives 3rd DVD storage 2 2 5 Front Panel Details VR725 with Touch Screen Figure 5 Atlas VR725 with Touch Screen The touch screen display is on a locking door that protects the power switch and optional hot swap RAID array Figure 6 Atlas VR725 with Touch Screen Door Open The VR725 touch screen door is open showing the RAID hard drives The VR725 employs a touch screen display for control instead of dedicated buttons and keypad All functions including SETUP can be accessed from this panel When necessary an alphanumeric keyboard appears on the screen so that non numeric data such as channel names can be entered The RAID disk array up to 1 TB of storage can be accessed and disks can be exchanged while the recorder is operating by opening the monitor door Two DVD Multi drives are standard for archiving on DVD RAM Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 17 Audio monitoring playback is accomplished with an integral amplifier speaker unit bottom right with headph
10. e Atlas Administrative Client Archiving Archive Drives Added section on archiving previously only available from the front panel p 187 e Atlas Administrative Client Centralized Archiving Added this section p 188 e Atlas Administrative Client Configuring Additional NET Drives Added this section p 190 e Atlas Administrative Client Centralized Archive Failsafe Configuration Added this section p 190 e Atlas Administrative Client Archiving a Channel Group Added this section p 190 e Atlas Administrative Client Period Archiving with Recorder Configuration Added this section p 191 e Atlas Administrative Client Call Source Tracking CST Added this section p 191 E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Revision History 3 4 January 4 2007 Part Number SW Description 141078 v1 6 0 Atlas Series Audio Logging and Archiving System Atlas Series Server v1 6 User Manual published January 4 2007 New features for v1 6 0 e Atlas Administrative Client Miscellaneous Added Archiving Options parameters p 154 e Atlas Administrative Client Board Configuration Added VoIP Gateway Configuration section p 165 e Atlas Administrative Client Workstation Setup Added this section p 180 e Atlas Administrative Client Client Activity Added this section p 186 e Atlas Administrative Client Menu Options Added activity
11. warranty limited 233 wiring See connection diagram or pin assignments workstation setup 174 write configuration to archive 100 logs to removable media 99 metadata 127 metadata to archive 104 Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B
12. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Each line in this report describes one detected system on the network Descriptions follow for each column displayed adap The number of the Ethernet adapter on which this device was seen These numbers reflect the values you enter in the Selected Adapters section of the configuration file for the gateway in Recorder Configuration ch The channel number if any you have assigned to this IP or MAC address ip The IP address of the device mac The MAC address of the device prot An A displays in this column if this device is sending or receiving data on a port you designated as an audio port A P displays if the port is designated a signaling port codec Not applicable for this purpose vlan The designated virtual local area network VLAN if any to which this device is assigned time The number of seconds passed since a transmission occurred to or from this device To refresh the listing on the screen simply reenter the ip_list command Appendix J Recording VoIP or RolP Calls Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Ey Other Network Diagnostics Tools If you require more extensive network analysis resources use a network protocol analyzer Wireshark is a freeware program that can be used previously named Ethereal and can be found at www wireshark org Other Considerations for Using an Eventide VoIP Gateway You should also take the following into consideration when using a VoIP G
13. 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 0 00 17 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 0 00 17 00 17 1 00 17 1 00 17 1 00 17 1 00 16 1 00 16 1 00 16 4 00 16 0 00 16 Calls with the string of digits anywhere in the captured digits will be displayed To filter on CLID Select Filters Select By CLID Enter the string of digits Click OK Login setup nfo Recai ul21 2004 16 29 41 ED crema strt mme Dato 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 0 00 17 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 0 00 17 2015551234 Calls with the string of digits anywhere in the CLID will be displayed 4 3 5 Columns The calls are displayed as a list with multiple attributes per call By default only the Channel Number Start Time and Duration are listed There are however eight total attributes any of which can be displayed These attributes are e Channel Channel number the call was recorded on e Start time The time at which the call was initiated e Duration The call duration e DTMF Dialed DTMF digits e CLID Calling Line Identifier the telephone number of the incoming caller if this data is available from your central office e Direction Not used at this time It will always say Unknown Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 4 Recorder Operation 113 e Saved Calls can be tagged so that they will not be erased when the hard disk fills up If the call is tagged to be saved this field will say Y e Suppressed If checked the c
14. Click the OK button and after all the windows close you must complete the gateway upgrade by restarting the gateway Don t forget to upgrade the recorder software and test the recorder to verify that recording works normally E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix J Recording VoIP or Bop Cals 231 232 Appendix J Recording VoIP or RolP Calls Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ Limited Warranty The Eventide Atlas Recorders are built to exacting quality standards and should give years of trouble free service If you are experiencing problems your recourse is this warranty Eventide Inc warrants the products unit to be free from defects in workmanship and material under normal operation and service for a period of one year from the date of purchase as detailed in this warranty At our discretion within the warranty period we may elect to repair or replace the defective unit This means that if the unit fails under normal operation because of such defect we will repair the defective unit at no charge for parts or labor We also assume a limited responsibility for shipping charges as described later in this warranty The warranty does not extend beyond repair or replacement as stated herein and in no event will we be responsible for consequential or incidental damages caused by any defect and such damages are specifically excluded from this warranty Our sole obligation is to repair or replace the defective unit as de
15. Figure 26 Alerts Screen Recorder Config File View Help Contig Items Code Display Text Recorders blank VA 615 SN60001 GIVR 778 SN90000 Miscellaneous Call Suppression The recorder lt 1 gt has lost the network connection User Accounts the lt 110 gt archive drive has been removed or is not functioning Boards and Ch Loge and Alerts The process lt 110 gt has malfunctioned on recorder lt 1 gt No data loss or user intervention is expected The system has received a test alert Just a beep Recorder Startup Alert History The process lt 110 gt has malfunctioned on recorder lt 1 gt Secondary systems may temporarily behave unexpectedly Statistics The process lt 110 gt has malfunctioned on recorder lt 1 gt The system is attempting to recover Recent Data may hav c Pa ee 10 The recorder was not properly shut down This can cause serious loss of data The shutdown time was approximately lt onfiguration Fi Lk Custom Fokis 11 Recorder Shutdown Scheduled Rec 12 An error occurred while shutting down the system Current archived data may be damaged Workstations 3 13 The system has detected a time change on the recorder The time has changed from lt 110 gt to lt 111 gt in the elapsec Client Activity NEE Archiving Clustering Packet Capture 16 The process lt 110 gt has been manually terminated VR 725 SN70000 17 Gehlen Ah ke Zen Ew nh ke Lost time syne 15 Un
16. From the main RECALL screen select any record and press the recorder control knob The audio record will play and a timeline will display at the top of the screen showing the record s playback status and general attributes Figure 11 Recall Screen Poa En Recall Oct 31 2005 10 16 52 ES m Call playback el A 17 24 46 Playing at 17 25 13 17 25 22 terre strttine JUS 1U 26 d At ED 2005 10 28 17 24 46 EDT 2005 10 26 17 24 46 EDT 2005 10 28 17 24 46 EDT 2005 10 28 17 24 46 EDT 2005 10 28 17 24 46 EDT 2005 10 26 17 24 46 EDT 2005 10 28 17 24 46 EDT 2005 10 28 17 24 46 EDT Previous VariSpeed 2 Press Next to play the next audio record in descending sequence Press Previous to play the previous record Press Pause to pause playback for the current record 3 Press Varispeed to play the selected record at faster or slower playback speeds Moving the control clockwise to the left speeds playback for the record moving it counterclockwise slows it down Using Filters Pressing the RECALL soft key automatically retrieves all audio records resident on the recorder see the following screen Use a combination of all available filters to refine your search to find exactly the set of records you re looking for Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 33 34 Login Filters Setup Info Recall 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005
17. Metadata Fields Scheduled Recording Channel Names Client Activity lt unavailable gt VR 778 SN50 Create New Modify Workstations configuration for VR 778 SN91000164 doch Current 174 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Ey All existing workstation locations are listed in the Workstations area of the screen Click on an entry to display the attributes associated with the location on the right side of the screen All fields displayed here are read only and can be edited only from the Edit Workstation window 5 19 1 Creating a New Workstation From the Workstation main screen click Create New and the New Workstation window is displayed 2 New Workstation PR Location MAC Address Channel Numbers Channel Names Cancel Enter the workstation name location identifier the channel numbers associated with this workstation channel names and the MAC address of the workstation in the fields provided Each workstation must have a unique MAC address which is a unique hardware identifier for the workstation s Ethernet adapter Do the following on the PC containing Microsoft Windows to find out the MAC address that is assigned to the PC 1 From Programs select Accessories then Command Prompt 2 When the Command Prompt screen displays type ipconfig all and press Enter 3 The following information displays E Atlas Recorder User Manual v
18. Previous To stop playing the call press the scroll wheel or click on it again 114 Chap 4 Recorder Operation Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Press Next to stop playing the call and begin playing the next call in the list Press Previous to stop playing the call and begin playing the previous call in the list Press Pause to pause playback Pressing Pause brings up some new buttons Press Resume to resume playback 4 3 7 Looping You can set up a looped playback by designating a start point and end point inside a call Play the call and pause at the desired start point Press Loop Start and a green tic mark will appear on the progress line Resume and pause again at the desired stop point Press Loop End and a red tic mark will appear Resume and the call will play back between your two designated loop points Here is the sequence Pause gt Loop Start Resume Pause gt Loop End gt Resume If you chose an end point earlier than the start point the tic marks will change color The earlier point will always be the start point To cancel the loop press Pause and then press Cancel Loop The tic marks will disappear Then press Resume or press the scroll wheel to stop playback 4 4 Archiving This section consolidates and duplicates in part information in the archiving sections of the Setup menus Here you will find a discussion of the various aspects of archiving The Setup section of this manual is a r
19. Resume ANG IV ING DE 121 4 4 11 Viewing Media EE 121 44 12 Prninga Br Dene mee eee nainii rear ee S E ee 122 4 4 13 Selecting the Archive POriOd E 123 4 4 14 Browse Archive Media EN 124 4 4 15 Archive PrOLCG EEN 124 4 416 Auto E EE 125 4 4 17 Resuming Archiving On Sarl ieest tdegr geg ereinestinaeeaedenteccmasteedenetaaeieneennse 125 4 4 18 Setting Current Archive Tmme etENk ekeNEEENEEENEER ENER EE NERSE EN EEREEEE EENEG CeEAEEERENNENEN 125 4 4 19 Designating and Activating an Archive Failsafe Gerver 126 4 4 20 Writing Call Metadata to an Archive cccccecceeeeeeeeeee cere eeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeetaaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 127 4 5 Live IMIG OM E 128 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Softwar e ccseeccsssseeneeesseeeeeeeseeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeseeneeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeaaes 129 E Ne tee CN picia danas mee ia e ne eae eas araa aaae ea TEANA Eara Ea aaia arenis 129 5 1 1 What is the Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 0 ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 129 5 1 2 Do You Need to Install the Client Software at al 129 5 1 3 The Recorder Configuration Programm wseicasscctecsetseeeceessessevenestacsseevesccndeenscseneenedsebtedenawees 130 5 1 4 Recorder Configuration Program and Front Panel SETUP Differences s0011e 131 9 2 MTN MH cence ad EE 131 5 2 1 Starting the Recorder Configuration Client 132 5 2 2 Recorder LO OM E 134 5 23 21612 8 121 ghey re CN 135 9 397 EE 136 5 4 Call SUPPleS EE 139 9 9
20. for the cable that goes to the recorder The left side of the Chap 2 Recorder Setup 27 28 punch block opposite the RJ 21 connector is used to connect the telephone or other audio lines Bridging Clips The right side nearest the connector has each column connected to an associated connector pin pair so that the top row is connected to pin 1 the next row to pin 26 the third to pin 2 etc Thus adjacent vertical rows form one signal pair When you connect the first telephone line you just start at the top and connect the wire pair to the first two rows on the left The next wire pair would go to the next two rows down on the left Finally to connect the telephone line to its associated recorder input slip two bridging clips over the two center contacts in each row The purpose of the punch block system is to centralize your connections as well as to provide a clean way to isolate the telephone or radio system from the recorder should it become necessary The components can be isolated by removing clips rather than removing wires 2 4 10 Connecting Digital Telephone Lines See Appendix B PBX and Digital Telephony Hardware Information on page 187 2 4 11 Connecting to an Ethernet Network Connect to an Ethernet network by attaching a network cable between the RJ45 jack on the back of the recorder and your hub or router The cable should be CATS5 or equivalent with a male RJ45 plug for the recorder end and wi
21. idle u Eventide media 82751 calls DYD idle used Eventide media 87153 calls Select a drive and an action to perform Transter Period Transfer Login Setup Info Recall PUG A a Archive Restore Drive Sta DVD WE Jul 2007 19 13 48 09 Jul 2007 02 40 38 Switch To restore a subset of calls from an archive use Period Transfer also found at the Archive Restore screen Set the time period and hit OK and then proceed as you would with a full disc Archive Restore EZ Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 103 104 3 11 6 Write Metadata to Archive Setup Info Recall Jul 28 2005 18 11 03 ED Network Archive b Recording Write logs to removeable media H Write c op archive drive Are you sure r Post burn DYD ck ki el Metadata means data about data and is just another way of saying that there is potentially some data about calls associated with the calls For example when you use the Browser Client to protect a call from being erased or when you add incident data to a specific call this is considered metadata This metadata is not and typically cannot be stored with the call archives themselves Why Because in most instances archiving takes place contemporaneously with recording or shortly thereafter However the decision to protect a call or to add or change information about a call or incident can occur much later Therefo
22. see Section 5 9 2 SNMP Configuration File Parameters below e SNMP Trap Actions This file defines what happens when SNMP traps alerts are received by the recorder For example the recorder can perform a controlled shutdown when it receives an Object ID OID indicating that the Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS battery is low 5 9 2 SNMP Configuration File Parameters The SNMP configuration file describes the identity of the Eventide recorder so that an SNMP client can query the recorder for information The configuration file allows you to set the following SNMPv2 MIB values for the recorder rocommunity Specifies the community name used to authenticate messages Public is the default read only community Set this to match the desired read only community name for your system syslocation Specifies the location of the recorder character string syscontact Specifies contact information such as name email address and phone number of a person to contact about the recorder character string sysname Specifies a name for the recorder character string sysdescription Specifies a description for the recorder character string The Eventide recorder provides read only monitoring for supported SNMP Management Information Bases MIBs The following MIBs are supported RFC1213 MIB MIB II IETF standard MIB that provides the core set of managed objects for monitoring statistics e g device status and number and status of d
23. the Recorder Configuration program automatically logs the user out if there has been no activity for more than ten minutes Note If someone attempts to use the recorder front panel s SETUP mode they will receive a Locked notification However it is possible to break the lock from the front panel since it may be necessary to do so to shut down power or perform other important operations In this case the Configuration Client user is warned that any unapplied changes have been lost Once you have successfully logged in with read write privileges on all selected units you can modify the settings of the recorder 5 2 3 Recorder Settings The navigation panel is the column on the left side of the window The heading at the top of this column says Config Items This panel contains a hierarchical menu listing the recorders and their configuration items You can navigate to a configuration item by expanding the menu and clicking on the item Clicking on a menu item in the navigation pane selects that item and displays its features in the task pane on the right side of the window In the following figure the menu is fully expanded for the VR615 E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 135 Figure 15 Recorder Configuration Menu Config Ikerns Recorders n S SMES00000T Hyacinth Miscellaneous Call Suppression al ser Accounts i User Boards and Channels i Channels B
24. 00 00 00 Custom Risks 2009 05 04 09 10 00 47 799 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 Scheduled Recording 2009 05 04 08 10 00 47 799 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 Workstations 2009 05 04 07 10 00 47 739 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 E poets F 2009 05 04 06 10 00 47 799 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 739 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 Clustering 2009 05 04 05 10 00 47 799 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 Packet Capture 2009 05 04 04 10 00 47 799 47 799 216 936 216 336 47 799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 CIS IE LLL 2009 05 04 03 10 00 47 799 47799 216936 216 936 47 799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 ayn ra ae 2009 05 04 02 10 00 47 739 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 2009 05 04 01 10 00 47 799 47799 216 936 216 936 47 793 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 2009 05 04 00 10 00 47 799 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 793 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 2009 05 03 23 10 00 47 739 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 2009 05 03 22 10 00 47 739 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 793 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 2009 05 03 21 10 00 47 799 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 793 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 2009 05 03 20 10 00 47 739 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 799
25. 163 165 stereo 148 subnet 89 suppress recording 139 system info 46 options 137 shutdown 105 startup shutdown 108 T tape archive transfer utility 201 tape drive 197 technical support 7 telephone number record on match 140 suppress recording 140 threshholds 74 time servers NIST 195 240 Index set 92 93 sync status 97 synchronize IRIG B 95 synchronize NTP 94 synchronize RS 232 96 zone 47 zone set 93 tip ring voltage 70 TLS 157 encryption 87 total channels 47 touch screen callibrate 105 troubleshooting alert configuration 205 logs and alerts 152 restart front panel 138 VolP RTP 179 TRV Hold 71 min max cur 72 record 70 Thrsh 71 U uninterruptible power supply UPS 24 upgrade software 183 user accounts 141 activity screen recording 70 administration 79 management 80 utilities 98 V verbose logging 54 verifier field 162 version Recorder Configuration program 181 view archive media information 121 view calls 110 virtual VoIP RolP board 220 VolP RolP channels 221 VolP archive calls 173 packet capture 179 recording 217 resident 217 resident configuration 159 219 VolP gateway 217 222 archiving 229 board 150 configure 224 diagnostics 227 install configure 223 software upgrade 229 topology 222 VolP gateway software version 9 VOX Hold 71 min max cur 72 record 69 Thrsh 70 W
26. 2 The screen refreshes to display new options Oct 26 2005 13 11 55 EDT 005 10 26 13 07 37 EDT 0 00 14 005 10 26 13 07 37 EDT 0 00 14 1 Channel 05 10 26 2 Channel 2 005 10 26 3 Channel 4 Channel 005 10 26 2 enanne 005 10 26 6 Channel 005 10 26 E Ee 05 10 26 7 EE 05 10 26 8 Channel 05 10 26 jj 005 10 26 005 10 26 2005 10 26 13 08 11 EDT 0 00 19 2005 10 26 13 08 11 EDT 0 00 19 Select All 3 To select individual channels select the channel and press the Toggle soft key A check mark with display in that channel s checkbox to its left to designate that it has been selected 4 To deselect a channel select one that has been selected and press the Toggle soft key The check mark will be subsequently removed from its checkbox 5 To select all channels press Select All When all channels are selected this soft key switches to Unselect All 6 When all channels you want to include in the search are selected press OK The system will search for and display all records meeting your channel criteria By Call Length Filter By Call Length allows you to select audio records by their duration 1 Press the Filters soft key from the RECALL screen s main display when the Filter window displays select By Call Length Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 35 36 2005 10 26 13 12 16 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 16 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 16 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12
27. 2004 06 30 21 55 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST Filters UE Columns 4 3 4 Filtering and Searching Using the front panel to scroll through hundreds or thousands of calls is not practical To search for particular calls or groups of calls you can place filters on the list of calls Pressing the Filters soft key from the RECALL screen brings up a list of parameters that can be filtered e Channel Number e Call Length e Date and Time Chap 4 Recorder Operation Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Ey Outgoing Dialed DTMF digits Incoming CLID Calling Line Identification Call Direction If the call is saved suppressed or unsuppressed Filters are additive If you filter on Channel 10 and duration of 5 10 minutes you will only see calls that exist on Channel 10 and have a duration of 5 10 minutes As you add filters the list of calls will shorten accordingly The default setting is all filters removed Channel Start Time Duration DTMF CID Direction Saved Suppressed Unsuppressed 2005 03 12 18 432 ITC mn To filter on Channel Number Select Filters Select By Channel Check off the desired channels to view from the list Click OK In the special case of NO boxes checked the filter is disabled and ALL channels will be displayed Jul 21 2004 16 24 04 ED Login Setup Info Recall Lorema setne be 3 Channel 03 4 Channel 04 5 Channel 05 E hsnas D I
28. 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 2009 05 03 19 10 00 47 799 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 2009 05 03 18 10 00 47 799 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 2009 05 03 17 10 00 47 739 47 799 216 9336 216 936 47 799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 anne nc DOC ppo A7 799 A 799 216 936 16 936 A 799 INNOLLA ALTELE L ANNL ot an an on Recorder Daily Statistics YVR 615 SN60001254 RW Current Appiy Oldest Call Current Archive On Disk UTC Time UTC Unarchived Calls The statistics information provided includes e Time Date and time the statistics were compiled e Calls Total Number of calls are recorded on this unit e Calls This Period Number of calls that were recorded in the one day period between Time entries e Calls with Audio When a call is suppressed there is still a call record created that includes its start time duration caller ID and DTMF info The audio for the suppressed calls are not recorded however and they are subtracted from the total number of calls e Audio Data Size KB Size of audio in KB 1024 Bytes that is available for playback e Unarchived Audio Size KB Size in KB 1024 Bytes of audio that remains to be archived before the archiving catches up with the present time If this number grows each day it means the recorder is not keeping up and may eventually lose data Atlas Recorder
29. 213 9000 The board of type lt 110 gt has failed on recorder lt 1 gt the failed board is board number lt 111 gt it has failed lt 112 gt times Replace board 9001 The board of type lt 110 gt in position lt 111 gt could not be found A board may have been removed from the recorder 9002 Failed to open the board of type lt 110 gt in position lt 111 gt Error lt 112 gt Take action based on error Possibly requires board replacement if alert persists 9003 Failed to configure the board of type lt 110 gt in position lt 111 gt Error lt 112 gt Take action based on error 9004 DSP sync Error on the board of type lt 110 gt in position lt 111 gt sync error count is lt 112 gt Over run count is lt 113 gt Possible connection error to input board Board will recover automatically If alert persists contact Eventide 9005 Failed to configure port lt 112 gt on the board of type lt 110 gt in position lt 111 gt Error lt 113 gt Take action based on error 9006 Signal lost on port lt 112 gt on the board of type lt 110 gt in position lt 111 gt Input signal has been lost Check connections to input board 9007 Frames lost on port lt 112 gt on the board of type lt 110 gt in position lt 111 gt Contact Eventide 9008 AIS alarm on port lt 112 gt on the board of type
30. 26 13 13 42 E 005 10 26 13 13 42 E 005 10 26 13 14 25 E 005 10 26 13 14 25 E 005 10 26 13 14 25 E 005 10 26 13 14 25 E 005 10 26 13 14 25 E 005 10 26 13 14 25 E 28 2005 13 1451 005 10 26 13 14 25 E 005 10 26 13 14 25 E 005 10 26 13 14 25 E 10 26 2005 4 13 14 51 2 005 10 26 13 14 25 E ss 005 10 26 13 14 25 E 005 10 26 13 14 25 E 005 10 26 13 14 25 E 005 10 26 13 14 25 E 005 10 26 13 14 25 E 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT Cancel 2 The cursor displays initially in the Calls after date range entry field Depending on your interface use the forward or back soft keys or the up and down arrow keys to move the date ahead or back Note The mechanics of the Date Time Range filter vary depending on your display system For users of the VR725 which employs a touch screen and mouse support the dates and times can be changed by using the up and down arrow keys next to each field Move to another entry field by clicking on it or touching it For all other Atlas Recorder models soft keys are provided for back and forward navigation and a Switch soft key is provided for toggling between entry fields 3 Move to the Calls before and enter these date and time parameters When finished click OK and the search will return all audio records between the dates and times you selected By DTMF Digits Filter By DTMF Digits allows you to select recordings by the value of DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency digits stored with the recor
31. 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 105 Important Always use System Shutdown to turn off the recorder safely Do not force a shutdown with the power switch or by unplugging the recorder which can result in lost or corrupted data Setup Info Recall Jul 26 2005 22 11 00 UTC e System Info This section describes how to shut down the recorder For information on starting the recorder see Section 4 1 Starting and Shutting Down on page 108 To shut down the recorder you can perform a controlled shutdown or a forced shutdown In most circumstances you should only perform a controlled shutdown This allows the recorder to close all open files and complete current database operations before shutdown A forced shutdown can result in corrupted files and loss of data It can also damage any archive media in the process of being written and possibly leave either gaps or duplications in your archives In addition Eventide strongly recommends using the recorder with a UPS to allow a controlled shutdown in the event of a power failure 3 12 1 Controlled Shutdown To perform a controlled shutdown of the recorder 1 Press Setup 2 Select System Shutdown 3 You are prompted to confirm the shutdown Press the Yes soft key and the recorder starts to shut down Please be patient as this can take minutes especially if an archive medium is being written If for some reason it is not possible to use this standard metho
32. A Recorder Software Installation and Upgrade One problem that can occur is failure to recognize the medium in the upgrade drive the one in which you place the CD ROM If this happens the recorder just powers up normally and the CD never ejects In such a case manually eject the CD and again shut down the unit Next visually inspect the medium confirm it has no scratches it s clean it s right side up and it s carefully centered in the drive tray Then try again If the drive persistently refuses to recognize the CD yet works correctly when archiving you probably have a defective upgrade CD or one that differs enough from the drive s calibration to make reading the CD problematic You can try copying the CD ROM to another blank one burning a new one requesting a replacement etc Much less common The CD can t be read completely and the upgrade install process hangs up and the CD does not eject In this case try the procedure again from the beginning For an installation no damage will be done as long as the install eventually completes correctly For an upgrade there is a possibility that configuration information will have been lost in which case it can be restored manually or from the configuration archive that you made before starting the upgrade Do NOT however try to resume normal recorder operation until the upgrade has completed normally Please read the release notes Software upgrades will normally come with
33. ATC frequency and function or any other free form data may be entered here While up to 32 characters of data may be entered and saved display constraints suggest that you choose the first few characters most carefully For example in the Live Monitor client application the Detail View display only shows the first few characters in the limited space available so Radio Station WABC 770 KHz would be less useful than WABC 770 NYC Radio station There is no requirement to modify these identifiers The factory default Channel 01 Channel nn may be serviceable Record Enable The Record Enable checkbox is accessed by a client software feature that permits you to remotely disable recording temporarily on a selected channel This box must be checked to enable recording When recording is disabled on a channel it displays yellow on the INFO screen AGC Activates or deactivates Automatic Gain Control Automatic Gain Control assures that recordings take advantage of the full dynamic range of the recording process If you record at too high a level the signal will clip and sound very distorted If you record at too low a level the signal will sound very soft and have a poor signal to noise ratio Enabling AGC gives extra margin when recording telephone calls where the local party may be much louder than the distant one it will boost the gain by up to 24dB when the distant party is speaking AGC should be enabled in
34. Alsan Way Little Ferry NJ 07648 telephone 201 641 1200 Communications Division Product Information Visit the Eventide website at www eventide com Communications Division Product Service and Technical Support Users Contact your local authorized Eventide Dealer locate a dealer on the Eventide website Authorized Dealers Visit the Eventide website or email support eventide com Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B Contents FRE VISION FIISUOEY sisi nictese a tewsitnneiees cent datacentre sansa aaee iada danaa iaaa snedadentnesenesdaeneidaaet 1 POUT This PUD CAO GN E 5 PUIDOSE and Eelere e EE 5 How te Use This Folgen eieiei eeh 5 Documentation COMVGMMIO EE 6 Important or Critical Information cicccdscccesetiececianecceensasnecerseesonsedatseceenetiandedeunaiaenesteieensteddenntedes 6 Typographical Conventions and Symbols ssssssssessennesseerrreeenrrrtrtrrnssrrnnrrnnntsstrtnseennnnnnnnnn 6 Related Informatio E 7 Dec aioe LELAI n P A A E A E 9 n 9 1 2 Customer Support Information EE 9 2 Recorder SOUND its eee nde ede idaan aaaeaii aiaa ee ene Aaaa anaa a iaaa da daana aid aaa dai 11 ZA Unpacking Ri E 11 2 2 General Specifications s A a t Aan a edia a riera 11 CN WABI ANG KE 11 2 2 2 Front Panel Details VR615 and VR778 eeseesseeeeeeseeeeerrirrrrsssssrrrirrrrssssrrrrnnnessssreee 13 2 2 3 Rear Panel Details VR615 and VR 78 veceicsccissncccteedevnesicicntecncisinbieneenrssentennecceneessantece 15 2 2 4 VR725 and V
35. Channel Groups Centralized Archiving and Archive Failsafe If you are not using these features you do not need to name channels If you are using these features consider the following points for ease of use archiving and improved search results e Channel names on Centralized Archiving sources should be unique among all systems connected to the same destination e Channel names on Centralized Archive Failsafe pairs should be identical e Changing channel names that were already in a channel group will remove the channel from the group unless you add the new name to the channel group This can be useful if you want to prevent new calls on a channel from being archived as part of a channel group without removing the earlier recorded calls EY Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 151 5 8 Logs and Alerts The Atlas Recorder logs data generates system alerts and maintains statistics on many critical areas of operation This section includes information about the following topics e Section 5 8 1 Alerts e Section 5 8 2 Alerts History e Section 5 8 3 Statistics e Section 5 8 4 Email Server 5 8 1 Alerts For additional information see also Appendix I Alert Configuration on page 205 In the Recorder Configuration program select Logs and Alerts from the Config Items menu on the left side of the screen Then select Alerts from the sub menu The Alerts Screen is displayed
36. DIG 5 0 DIG 5 0 DIG 4 7 DIG 4 7 DIG 4 6 DIG 4 6 DIGHL S DIGS DIGHL 4 DIGA DIG 4 3 DIG4 3 DIG 4 2 DIG4 2 DIGHLA DIG DIG 4 0 DIG4 0 DIG 3 7 DIG 3 7 DIG 3 6 DIG 3 6 DIG 3 5 DIG 3 5 DIG 3 4 DIG 34 DIG 3 3 DIG 3 3 DIG 3 2 DIG 3 2 DIG 3 1 DIG 3 1 DIG 3 0 DIG 3 0 5V GND Output with Readback 193 194 Appendix D Optional General Purpose Input Output GPIO Boards Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ Appendix E NIST Time Servers You can search the web for NIST Time Servers Historically a list of National Institute of Standards and Technology NIST internet time servers can be found on the web at www boulder nist gov timefreq service time servers html This list provides each server s name IP address and location It is probably best to select one near to your location If you have difficulty with using a server name you can access the server using the IP address instead E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix E NIST Time Servers 195 196 Appendix E NIST Time Servers Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EL Appendix F Eventide VR778 or VR725 with DDS 4 Tape Drives Overview With DDS 4 tape drives installed in the VR778 or VR725 archiving is different than with other types of removable media such as DVD RAM This section discusses considerations when using tape for archiving Please read about the operation of archiving using DVD RAM before reading about archiving with tape drives
37. Operation Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EL 1 Confirm both recorders are connected to the same signal sources and have identical settings 2 Designate one of the recorders as the secondary server Select Archive failsafe server and enter the address of the PRIMARY server in the normal fashion 3 Enable the secondary server to periodically check the primary Select Enable disable archive failsafe toggle the Enable box so that is checked and press the OK soft key 4 Determine the behavior of the failover mechanism Select desired Archive failsafe behavior and toggle Archive failsafe error on out of media Checking this box in effect allows the secondary recorder to act as an extension of the primary recorder for archiving Not checking it causes the secondary to take over only in the case of an archiving failure in the primary 4 4 20 Writing Call Metadata to an Archive Metadata means data about data and is a way of saying that there is potentially some data about calls associated with the calls For example when you use the Browser Client to protect a call from being erased or when you add incident data to a specific call this is considered metadata This metadata is not and typically cannot be stored with the call archives themselves Why Because in most instances archiving takes place contemporaneously with recording or shortly thereafter However the decision to protect a call or to add or ch
38. Printing a Label Other changes Fixed connector type for PCI 6503 in Appendix D Optional General Purpose Input Output GPIO Boards Clarified screen recording features as not intended for production use and general availability they are available only for manufacturer coordinated customer trials Clarified Resident VoIP and RolP features as not intended for general availability they are available only for manufacturer approved installations June 1 2009 Part Number SW Description 141078 02 v1 9 0 Atlas Recorder Series Server v1 9 User Manual Some changes to clarify content along with cosmetic improvements E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Revision History 1 2 May 18 2009 Part Number SW Description 141078 01 v1 9 0 Atlas Recorder Series Server v1 9 User Manual Initial version of this document Much of the information in this document was previously in the Atlas Series Server v1 8 User Manual Global changes e Standardized the page design and presentation of information e Reorganized content in some sections to improve clarity and made many other improvements Changes and additions for v1 9 e Section 3 6 2 Channel Configuration in Setup Recording Revised and added new screen recording values User Activity Atlas Initiated Note Although documented in this publication screen recording features are not intended for production u
39. See also Section 3 9 2 Considerations When Using a Static IP Address on page 89 Dual NICs with Bonding Operation New in When configured with NIC bonding the dual network interface devices provide failover operation Because they share the same IP address if one of the devices or its connection should fail the other device will maintain the network connection For NIC bonding operation you have the same option of using DHCP Only in this case it is automatically applied to both the primary and secondary network devices With DHCP enabled the other network settings for both network devices are set automatically by the DHCP server and cannot be changed manually The settings remain readable since the information the IP address in particular may be needed to access the recorder remotely To configure the dual network devices with NIC bonding select the Primary Network Device from the Network Settings menu Then check the Enable NIC Bonding box and select OK The IP Address settings for the primary device are automatically copied to the secondary network device Note After you have configured the network interface devices for NIC bonding operation if you change them back to separate operation you will then have to shutdown and restart the recorder for the changes to take effect 3 9 4 Gateway To specify the network gateway select Gateway from the Network Settings menu Then enter the IP address of the network gateway and se
40. Tape Drives ccccsseseeeeeseeseeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeees 197 e 197 Loading a Tape and Preparing for Archiving sssiiscccicsescestsrncenteeeasanersdeces ees taceseesccontenssxeenenvensndeanttes 197 Seil EK esas sts costes banat aa a a cet wens E a a a aa aa iaai 197 Playing Calls from E sat cece orttc causa cenicagancacecadaaapcaady cclues lt ceatdvasancatanscescdeeqeuecnmncea Metuaaehencaadeiwuniand 198 Appendix G Eventide Tape Archive Transfer Utility Tatu ccccssseeeeesseneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneneeeeees 201 Appendix H Channel Wiring for Eventide Analog Input Boards ccccseseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeenes 203 Appendix l Alert Configuration sssccccessaceccevescecescesse scenestenestncancnseenncauceetiesaunecenseate senenscetneneexebesencateenice 205 First enable email notification for the desired user ACCOUNTS cccceeseeceereeseeeetensecersaneseetsanereets 205 Second configure the display and email settings for each of the available alerts 0 206 Lastly enable the recorder to send emails c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeneeeneeeseeeeees 208 Appendix J Recording VoIP or RolP Calls ccccssseeceeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeesseeeeeesseeeneeeesseeeeeeesseeeeeeeseeees 217 DRUM TRO EE 217 E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Contents vii What iS vol 217 The Advantages VolP Provide EE 217 Technical Consideration EE 218 Network Requirements EE 218 Resident Vol
41. Use it to power up only The audio section provides a headphone jack and volume control for it There is also a constant level Line Out jack The USB connectors are for alphanumeric keyboard connection or modem connection used for remote diagnostics Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 CL 2 2 3 Rear Panel Details VR615 and VR778 Figure 3 Typical VR615 Rear Panel Sia d 00000000000000 AE AAA Adhd III Shown connected are the AC power and Ethernet port The connector on the lower right is for the single 16 channel analog input board Figure 4 Typical VR778 Rear Panel mm S erreeche PP ISSSSSS Slot Labeling Sequence Power Supplies 876054321fedcba This VR778 shows connections to the dual redundant power supplies and the Ethernet port The four large connectors in the center are for the four 16 channel telephony boards in this unit The small D connector on the second panel from the right is an RS 232 connector for the optional recorder based label printer see Section 2 4 15 Connecting a Label Printer on page 29 Slots 1 through 8 can contain telephony boards Slot 1 holds the lowest numbered channels 2 2 4 VR725 and VR778 Blank Panel Units The Atlas VR725 and the Atlas VR778 Blank Panel Unit use either a touch screen display which acts both as a monitor and a mouse or an external standard computer monitor and mouse All operations performed by the front panel controls on the VR615 and VR778 can b
42. Usor ACCOUN S cca EE Gee 141 5 6 Boards and Channels iere 144 5 6 1 nn 144 0 2 BOAS a naa E E E E ee 144 57 Channel Grups E 151 5 7 1 Channel RED geseet eegge dE Eed 151 EN e 152 9 8 le 2 E 152 Ms Uae Alerts glo Te 154 5 834 GEES ee 155 5 8 4 EE 156 BS Configuration Fleege EE EEN EE 158 5 9 1 Configuration File EE 158 5 9 2 SNMP Configuration File Parameters AEN 160 5 10 MSHI USN Get inead a AEEA E EEEE Ea 161 5 10 1 Adding Modifying and Deleting Fields EE 162 5 11 Zlatan a E E E E EE E E E 163 5 11 1 Creating a New Gchedule AANEREN 164 5 11 2 Scheduling Ne EE 165 5 11 3 Modifying an Existing EE TE TE 169 eh Re Ee KT EU 169 E Ke lee BER 169 Contents Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B 5 13 Centralized Archiving CA Configuration EEN 171 5 14 Configuring Additional NET Drives EE 172 5 15 Centralized Archive Failsafe CGontfgouraton ENNEN 172 5 16 Archiving a Channel Group BE 172 5 17 Period Archiving with Recorder Configuration cccccceecceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeennaeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeees 173 5 18 Call Source Tracking CST E 173 Ee E EE 174 5 19 1 Creating a New Workstation EE 175 5 19 2 Editing an Existing Workstation EEN 176 5 19 3 Deleting an Existing Workstation AAA 176 5 19 4 Final Workstation Configuration Metadata Tagging esssseessssrnsssesrnrsrerressrrrnn 177 E len T AGUIVI eebe 178 5 21 PACKET Capture ressonen E E E E a a E 179 5 22 Recorder Configuration Program M
43. When the voltage equals or exceeds 3 volts it Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 71 generates the corresponding Resolved alert for Alert 9016 to indicate the signal is restored and normal TRV detection and recording will resume Input Gain Gain or attenuation in dB of the input channel used to set recording level VOX Min Max Cur Real time display of signal input level useful for setting channel gain This is not an editable item This information is very useful for diagnosing recording problems such as one call being broken up into multiple calls Login Setup Info Recall Jul 27 2005 22 25 21 UTC in Max Cur TRV Min Max Cur Active Timeout Inactive Timeout mins VN 48dB 48dB 0 040 48dB 48dB 0 0 0 48dB 48dB 0 1 0 48dB 48dB 0 170 480B 48dB 00 0 48dB 48dB 0 0 70 480B 48dB 0 0 0 TRV Min Max Cur This non editable item shows you the real time minimum maximum and current value of the DC voltage at the channel input The current value will indicate if the phone is on or off hook the Min and Max will show the highest on hook and lowest off hook voltages seen by the channel input If the current value fluctuates over a wide range when you are not using the telephone it probably means that the line is very noisy This information can help you set the TRV Thrsh value or diagnose problems such as spurious calls Activit
44. access the User Administration screen Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 141 2 Recorder Config File View Help Config Items Recorders H lt unavailable gt VA 778 SN99000002 Miscellaneous Call Suppression User Accounts Boards and Chan Figure 19 User Administration Screen Users Login Name Eventide Real Name First Middle Groups Admin Research Archiver Maintenance Can change password Suffix Monitor Database Logs and Alerts Text File Metadata Fields Scheduled F Workstation Client Activity VR 778 SN50 Accessible Channels Channellds All Channel Names Accessible ROD Channels All Email Notifications Address Create New Modify View User Accounts The User Administration window shows the user accounts on the selected recorder only This window serves the same purpose as the recorder front panel Setup gt Security gt User Administration function It also has the added capability of comparing user accounts on the selected recorder with those on other recorders and highlighting the user accounts in blue or red when the account information differs between recorders You must have active connections for all recorders you wish to compare If there are user accounts on other recorders but they have no counterpart on the selected recorder they are not displayed The user account names on the selected recorder are color coded as foll
45. are more general errors on the channel as a whole e PBX errors are errors in the signal from the PBX e Phone errors are in the signal from the phone These errors can signify problems and can affect recording if the errors are increasing at a steady rate it indicates that there is a problem However if the error counts aren t all zero it might not be an indication of a serious issue for example someone may have unplugged and then plugged back in a phone Problems can be caused by e Line issues bad taps line lengths tap lengths etc e Unsupported phone set or line card e The wrong PBX is set in the board configuration Steps for Setting Levels Thresholds and Hold Times It is undesirable for single conversations to be broken up into multiple calls There is a lag between each stop and start so some of the conversation will be lost Setting levels and thresholds properly will help you avoid this condition This applies to channels set for VOX detect If you are seeing this condition or if you simply want to check how well the default parameters match your facility try this procedure 1 Disable AGC 2 Set the Input Gain It should be set with signals that best match what will be seen during normal operation Watch the VOX Min Max Cur values and 74 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 BZ adjust the gain so that the current value ranges between 6dB and 1dB while a
46. be in the off hook state and eligible for recording On a normal clean telephone line this does not have to be set too finely On hook voltages are typically 40 55 volts off hook under 10 volts The factory default of 28 volts will probably be suitable Noisy telephone lines lines at a great distance from the central office and lines that are recorded at one location but answered at another can have unusual voltage profiles and may require adjustment TRV Hold If Detect is set to TRV this sets the number of seconds the call will continue to be recorded after the telephone goes on hook The factory default is 5 seconds The on hook state is then considered to define the end of the conversation With a line that has normal ringing voltage on it YSYM gt gt 105V at 20 30 Hz TRV will also respond to the ringing voltage This means that with a default of less than four seconds each ring will appear to be a separate call By setting TRV hold to five seconds or more with a normal ringing cadence only one call will be logged from the beginning of the ring to completion of the conversation If you have set a channel to TRV a special non programmable feature will detect and flag a disconnected line if the tip ring voltage stays below 3 volts for 1 minute If this happens it generates a severity 2 warning alert indicating signal loss Alert 9016 and recording is stopped on that channel as long as the voltage remains below 3 volts
47. cable lengths For digital inputs see Appendix B PBX and Digital Telephony Hardware Information on page 187 e Particulates The archive drives and to a lesser extent the fans and hard drives can be damaged by smoke and dust If you find dust build up on the surfaces or the fans being clogged consider changing the location e Power dropouts or surges The unit should be protected from power dropouts and surges The chosen location should have line power available that is not on the same circuit as equipment that draws a large current on start up such as electric motors or compressors or banks of fluorescent lights Line voltage fluctuations brown outs and power outages can result in loss of data and damage to the unit An Uninterruptible Power Supply is required to mitigate these problems For a list of approved UPS units see Section 2 4 6 Connecting AC Power and UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply on page 24 e Spilled liquids Liquids spilled on the unit can damage it The location should not encourage people to place coffee cups on the unit for instance e Shock Shocking the unit while the hard drives are operating could damage the hard drives The location should not be subject to vibration or jolting while the unit is operating E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 23 2 4 4 Mounting Options As normally provided the unit can be mounted on any surface that can bear its weight and that does not til
48. call data 2 Archive your recorder configuration 3 Remove all archive media 4 Insert the Eventide software distribution CD ROM in the top DVD drive If archive drives are not DVD insert the update medium in the CD ROM drive 5 Power down the recorder 6 Restore power 7 Wait until the software loads When finished the CD ROM will eject automatically Remove it from its tray 8 Power down the recorder 9 Restore power 10 Wait until the new software completes its initialization Important You may need to wait for an hour or more 11 If this is a new installation rather than an upgrade do the following A Restore your configuration B Restore your archives most recent first along with your metadata This completes the procedure Some Details Especially About Installation The hardest part is to wait for the recorder to complete loading and initializing the new software This requires some patience as the second time you are asked to wait you may need to wait for an hour or more The software does a lot of checking to make sure everything is OK If you do a new installation all your calls will be erased If you have archived your calls you can restore them as described in Topic Restoring Archives When Installing New Software on page 185 An upgrade will theoretically leave your calls in the same state as they were earlier and in fact it almost always does But why take chances You are probably archivin
49. e 9 4 GB DVD RAM double sided inside a Type 2 or Type 4 cassette Some considerations on media selection e Double sided disks will have to be manually flipped over to record both sides e Type 2 and Type 4 cassettes are recommended because they can be opened and the disk removed This is useful if you want to use a computer to play back the disks since most computers will not accept the cassette It is also useful if you want to purchase a spindle of single sided disks and place them inside the cassette e Ina facility with high call volume you can save money and storage space by purchasing spindles of single sided bare disk media and only a few cassettes You would place the media in the cassettes to record them and back on the spindle when recording is complete Besides expense another advantage is that the bare medium can t be written in a DVD RAM drive ona computer so there is less chance of data being unintentionally overwritten Some disadvantages are that the bare disks are not as physically well protected when they are removed from the cassette and the bare disk is harder to label e A low call volume facility may also wish to use single sided disks If the facility wants to change the archive disks on a set schedule say once a month it might make sense to use single sided disks that end up being 1 2 or 3 4 full rather than double sided disks that end up being mostly empty Note Regarding Data Protection Although the
50. either the Resident VoIP RTP feature on Atlas Recorders or the Eventide VoIP Gateway What is VoIP VoIP Voice Over Internet Protocol is a technology that allows telephone calls to be made over local area networks LAN or the Internet VoIP systems convert analog voice signals into digital data packets and supports real time two way transmission of conversations using the Internet Protocol IP The Advantages VoIP Provides With traditional telephone service also known as Plain Old Telephone Service POTS a telephone call is made on an analog telephone line through a pair of copper wires connected between the caller and the called party This creates a physical connection dedicated for a single call so the conversation is transmitted using a single static pathway over the telephone network It uses the Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN which is a circuit switched network meaning the connection between the endpoints telephones is made through switches that connect the lines together E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix J Recording VoIP or RoIP Cals 217 On the other hand VoIP transmits the call using a packet switched network With VoIP the audio signal of the telephone call is digitized and encapsulated into data packets that are sent over the network to the other party The packets may take one or more paths over the network to reach the called party At the other end of the line the packets are reassembled a
51. event and does not require resolution It is an informational alert Example Alert 8 Recorder Startup S Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 153 154 e Active Indicates a condition that requires resolution for proper operation An active alert occurs once and stays active until resolved by intervention from the user or the condition being cleared Examples Alert 5 Recorder lt name gt has lost the network connection and Alert 2402 The Centralized Archive source with serial number is not connected e Recurrent Active Indicates a condition that requires resolution for proper operation and if not resolved by intervention from the user or the condition being cleared the alert occurs repeatedly even after user acknowledgement Because these alerts are repetitive they are displayed and logged in an aggregate or collective manner Instead of each alert being logged only the first and last occurrence is logged along with the total number of occurrences There is a 5 minute timeout period for the recurrence which means that if more than 5 minutes elapses after the last occurrence any occurrence of this condition is logged as a new alert Example Alert 9 The process lt name gt has malfunctioned on recorder lt name gt No data loss or user intervention is expected 5 8 2 Alerts History The Alerts History provides a list of all alerts that
52. few seconds of audio glitches will occur on the audio currently being recorded 66 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EB Jul 27 2005 22 23 54 UTC Pie 3 4 se 78 8 0 Paxsa isnt DT epee pnp ey cnt 3 6 2 Channel Configuration This section discusses how to view and edit settings for individual recording channels on the Analog Input Board Eventide offers other interface boards Contact Eventide for more information and check the Appendices to the manual If the recorder is networked and you have the Recorder Configuration program Eventide recommends you use it to change channel names In fact Eventide recommends it for all configuration tasks You will find it to be quicker and more convenient In any case if you are not networked and you are going to change channel names connect a PS2 or USB keyboard to the recorder This will allow entry of alphabetic characters Other settings can be set with the numeric keypad on the front panel You can also use the touch screen or monitor and mouse on units so equipped The Channel Configuration Screen Figure 12 Channel Configuration Screen on page 68 shows a 16 channel Analog Input Board with the factory default settings To navigate inside this screen and view or adjust settings follow these steps e Scroll vertically and select the desired row e Turn the scroll wheel or use the scroll bar to move horizontally selec
53. historical information is provided for documents prior to this date it has been reconstructed to give a rough picture of the new features documented April 15 2008 Part Number SW Description 141078 v1 8 0 Atlas Series Audio Logging and Archiving System Atlas Series Server v1 8 User Manual published April 15 2008 New features for v1 8 0 e Atlas Administrative Client Board Configuration Added Notch Filter Frequency parameter for analog boards p 169 Added Enable MDC 1200 parameter for analog boards p 170 e Atlas Administrative Client Configuration Files Added section on Custom Script Revision History Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B Part Number SW Description 141078 v1 8 0 Atlas Series Audio Logging and Archiving System Atlas Series Server v1 8 User Manual published April 15 2008 Source File p 182 Added section on SNMP Configuration File p 182 e Appendix 4 Optional General Purpose Input Output GPIO Boards Added section on National Instruments PCI 6503 Board 24 channel p 215 e Appendix 10 Eventide Voice Over Internet Protocol VoIP Implementation Added section on VoIP Software Upgrade p 253 Added information on v1 7 0 features e Atlas Administrative Client Call Suppression Added Suppress DTMF option to call suppression p 162 e Atlas Administrative Client Board Configuration Added GPIO Output Alert Sev
54. in this manner that is only new features in the current version of software This label is not used for initial releases of software Typographical Conventions and Symbols The following information describes the meaning assigned to various text formatting and symbols Courier font Represents messages prompts code or other text displayed or generated by the computer Courier bold font Represents user input or entries typed on keyboard or other input device such as through the front panel Bold italic text Represents computer buttons or keys either hardware based e g on the front panel or software based e g 6 About This Publication Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ soft keys on front panel display or PC display Blue text PDF version only Represents a hyperlink in the electronic document Click on the link in the PDF to jump to the referenced item This format is often applied to cross references within the document such as to chapters sections tables and figures Parameter Parameter names are typically given in bold type lt name gt Refers to an item of information of the named type which may vary from case to case and so is identified generically A user would substitute specific information if instructed to enter this information Related Information Eventide Documentation MediaWorks User Manual part number 141114 version 01 or later MediaAgent User Manual part number 141115 version 01 o
55. internal database a Playback The medium is ready for browsing Only one drive at a time can be ready for playback and the Recall screen identifies that drive and shows its calls More Media Info Print Label Stop Browsing Back Recording 2004 07 24 01 30 41 The progress indicator provides a graphic view of the remaining capacity of the archive medium As each call is archived the start time and date of the call are displayed Other messages can appear in the rectangle such as those that identify media that contain Eventide configuration or metadata E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 4 Recorder Operation 119 4 4 5 Selecting and Deselecting an Archive Drive Scroll wheel Turning the wheel will highlight the designator of each drive successively When the desired drive is selected press the wheel Touch screen Simply click on the horizontal bar of the desired drive Once a drive has been selected the Archiving soft keys will appear on the screen For the steps below press the More soft key as necessary until the listed soft key appears To deselect Archiving mode click the More soft key as often as necessary until the Exit soft key appears then click Exit 4 4 6 Opening Closing the DVD RAM Drive The drive can be opened by pressing the eject button on the drive itself only if the drive is empty For security reasons both to protect operations in progress and to protect
56. is an abbreviation for Redundant Array of Independent or Inexpensive Disks The RAID status menu item just below Configuration Info gives information on the logical RAID type the partitions and the physical drives and additional information as described earlier Information included on this screen includes array status capacity including percentage filled and history The Status item is of particular interest in that it shows at a glance whether the array is operating normally or is rebuilding as it will do when a new installation is made or a drive has been replaced or is operating with reduced redundancy if a drive is defective Some models of the recorder are available with drive hot swap capability That will also be shown in this display Complete details on the RAID status display is found at Setup System Info RAID Status 4 3 Searching Sorting and Playing Calls 4 3 1 General You can view a list of calls on the RAID or on an individual archive You can add filters to help you search for a call or group of calls And you can play back individual calls through the recorder s front speaker or headphone jack E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 4 Recorder Operation 109 110 4 3 2 Considerations You may find it more convenient to use the MediaWorks or MediaAgent remote clients for viewing and playing back calls The front panel has limited display space so even with filtering you may have to do a lo
57. is not in standby mode No action required 2202 Archive Failsafe has been triggered on the recorder lt 1 gt lt 110 gt No action required 2203 The recorder lt 1 gt has been placed in standby mode for the recorder lt 110 gt 2204 Archive Restore complete on the lt 110 gt drive of recorder lt 1 gt No action required 2300 Network Archive connected to address lt 110 gt share lt 111 gt No action required 2301 Network Archive to address lt 110 gt share lt 111 gt is NOT active 2302 Network Archiving share is not connected Check network connection and ensure that network share is active 3001 Channel lt 110 gt was active for more than lt 111 gt seconds Generated as a result of your channel settings for Active Timeout Verify that the channel is recording correctly 3002 Channel lt 110 gt was inactive for more than lt 111 gt seconds Generated as a result of your channel settings for Inactive Timeout Verify that the channel is recording correctly 4001 A label has been printed for the archive media on the lt 110 gt drive Applies to recorder based label printers No action required 4002 Label printing failed on the lt 110 gt drive Error lt 111 gt Applies to recorder based label printers Take action based on error Check printer connection
58. items VR 778 SN90000098 RW Modified In the Names section e Recorder Name The default is the recorder model number and serial number but you may enter replacement information other than the default value e Facility Name The default is the designated owner but you may enter replacement information other than the default value The Recorder Name and Facility Name are for your convenience in identifying units and have no operational significance For example you can change the displayed default model serial number to something that better identifies it in your facility This has no effect on the actual serial number In the System Options section Note The System Options section provides several ways to manage deletion of data from the recorder hard disks Recordings and data are deleted from the disk according to how these parameters are set In addition the general rule applies that when a disk becomes full calls are deleted starting with the oldest calls Also for any deletion method recordings that have been protected through Eventide MediaWorks or Eventide MediaAgent will not deleted You can protect recordings through these programs if you right click a recording and select Protect E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 137 lt Limit Data Lifetime Check this box and enter a number for the Maximum days that recordings and call records will remain on the
59. large as 4 7 GB the same size as one side of a 9 4 GB DVD RAM As many as four tape archives can fit on one DDS 4 tape Before any calls can be played from a tape a tape archive must be selected and all calls in the archive must be transferred to hard disk Once the calls are on hard disk they can be played in much the same manner as calls on a DVD RAM or on the recorder s internal RAID There are two ways to play and archive tape One is to load it into a PC that has a DDS 4 tape drive and use Eventide Remote Client software The second is to play it in the recorder in which it was recorded Playing a tape in the recorder is very similar to playing a DVD archive except that there is a preparatory step involved When you press the Browse Archive soft key you must select the desired tape archive of which there may be several on a tape The selected tape archive will then be copied to the recorder s internal hard disk When the transfer is complete Recall mode will work the same as it does with DVD RAM Note This transfer may take 30 minutes or more Please be patient To set up a PC for playing tapes from a recorder you will need e Multimedia PC minimum requirements 2 GHz Intel Pentium 4 512 MB DRAM 50 GB free space on hard disk Sound card and speakers Keyboard mouse monitor Microsoft Windows XP e Eventide Client Software version 1 1 dated 21 January 2004 or later e DDS 4 Tape drive e Hewlett
60. mdo 0 0 RAID Usage Filesystem Type Size Used Avail Use Mounted on deviraid_vg 1 xfs 698M 14M 697M 1 fraid4 fdeviraid_vg 2 xfs 152G 51M 151G 1 raid2 Remove History Pressing either the Remove or History soft key brings up a screen similar to the following one which allows you to select a drive Recall Jul 28 2005 20 42 44 EDT ide host0 bus0 targetO lun0 disc ide host0 bus0 target1 lund disc 50 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 When you do so and select OK either the history of the drive will be displayed or you will have an opportunity to delete the selected drive Doing so will degrade the RAID array and a warning message is displayed The following screen displays the result of removing and then adding a RAID drive Observe that the Status shows syncing RAID array mdO because the removed disk must be resynchronized Info Recall Jul 29 2005 15 05 10 EDT md 9 md md0 syne done md 5 raid1 Disk failure on ide host0 bus0 targetO lunO disc disabling device md 8 md syncing RAID array md Remove History 3 3 3 Serial Number Login Setup Info Recall Jul 28 2005 20 47 41 EDT m System Info Configuration info RAID status View alarm log Enable Disable Verbose Logging bt Archive b Network Archive b Recording l 60001254 Write logs to removeable media Write configuration to archive Read configuratio
61. of wires The digital architecture of VoIP separates upstream and downstream data and the transmission path across the network can vary Audio is carried through RTP Real Time Protocol packets which can be routed along different paths As a result data packets of audio data can become unsynchronized and be delivered out of their original sequence To address this VoIP uses a buffering system that synchronizes delayed packets The inherent delay caused by packet buffering should never exceed 500 ms Networks are by no means limited to carrying only voice data As such a packet filtering mechanism is used to detect and isolate RTP audio data packets from other data types carried across the network Network Requirements The following requirements apply to recording VoIP calls 218 Appendix J Recording VoIP or Holp Calls Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ e Unlike a PBX phone system which has a centralized switch from which to tap the telephone calls a VoIP system transmits the calls over a distributed intranet which also carries other data traffic To capture and record VoIP calls from the intranet you must configure your intranet topology to mirror or send a copy of the VoIP packets to a single Ethernet port which is connected either to the Eventide Atlas Recorder for Resident VoIP or to the Eventide VoIP Gateway For example this can be accomplished using a Cisco Systems Ethernet switch that supports Switched Port Analyzer
62. pin pairs 41 42 DIG 0 3 specifies pin pairs 39 40 DIG 0 4 specifies pin pairs 37 38 DIG 0 5 specifies pin pairs 35 36 DIG 0 6 specifies pin pairs 33 34 DIG 0 7 specifies pin pairs 31 32 DIG 1 0 specifies pin pairs 29 30 DIG 1 1 10 specifies pin pairs 27 28 DIG 1 2 11 specifies pin pairs 25 26 DIG 1 3 12 specifies pin pairs 23 24 DIG 1 4 VD OANA Om Soir OS E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 73 13 specifies pin pairs 21 22 DIG 1 5 14 specifies pin pairs 19 20 DIG 1 6 15 specifies pin pairs 17 18 DIG 1 7 16 specifies pin pairs 15 16 DIG 2 0 17 specifies pin pairs 13 14 DIG 2 1 18 specifies pin pairs 11 12 DIG 2 2 19 specifies pin pairs 9 10 DIG 2 3 20 specifies pin pairs 7 8 DIG 2 4 21 specifies pin pairs 5 6 DIG 2 5 22 specifies pin pairs 3 4 DIG 2 6 23 specifies pin pairs 1 2 DIG 2 7 PBX NT TE Sync Pbx Phone This column is only important for NGX boards it is used for installation and troubleshooting The data will look like this 1 1 0 66 2 1 0 The first two numbers are signal levels in volts The first of the pair is the level of the signal coming from the PBX and the second is the signal level coming from the phone set The three numbers inside the brackets are the total error counts for the channel since the last reconfiguration or restart e Sync errors
63. recorder 130 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 E 5 1 4 Recorder Configuration Program and Front Panel SETUP Differences This section describes some of the differences in functionality between the Recorder Configuration program and the front panel SETUP menu The following functions can only be performed from the front panel SETUP menu and why Power system down no way to restart Set network parameters e g IP address or activate DHCP can t access unit over network until this is done or if changed Select NTP address or configure external time source or set time requires viewing display possibly configuring external hardware Configure front panel login requirements or auto logout timeout only applies to front panel Configure archiving and recorder based label printing requires physical access to drives and printer Write and read machine configuration to archive requires physical access to drives The following functions can only be performed through the Recorder Configuration program Set facility name Configure call suppression Compare user accounts on multiple recorders View call and archiving statistics logs Edit configuration files Edit user defined metadata custom fields Set up scheduled recording 5 2 Installation To install the the Eventide client software you must have Administrator permissions for the computer on whic
64. reports printing options p 187 e Appendix 10 Eventide Voice Over Internet Protocol VoIP Implementation Added this appendix p 223 July 25 2006 Part Number SW Description 141078 v1 5 Atlas Series Audio Logging and Archiving System Atlas Series Server v1 5 User Manual published July 25 2006 New features for v1 5 e Setup System Info Added License Key and Add On Key information pp 55 60 e Channel Configuration Added GPIO parameter pp 80 84 e Setup Network Settings Added information on support for second network interface card NIC Ethernet port p 100 e Atlas Administrative Client Text Files Added this section pp 147 169 Renamed Configuration Files in a later release e Atlas Administrative Client Metadata Fields Added this section pp 147 170 Renamed Custom Fields in a later release e Atlas Administrative Client Scheduled Recording Added this section p 173 e Appendix 4 Connection Information for the National Instruments PCI 6527 Board Added this appendix for GPIO board support p 189 January 2006 and Earlier Part Number SW Description 141078 v1 4 2 Atlas Series Audio Logging and Archiving System Manual published January 27 2006 e No history available not shown v1 2 Atlas Series Audio Logging and Archiving System Manual published May 2005 e No history available not shown v1 1 6
65. running do the following to display the version information A Press Setup B Select System Info C Scroll to Configuration Info and select it D The Release item specifies the software version Alternatively you can use the Recorder Configuration Program A Log into the recorder B In the navigation menu on the left select the recorder name number to display the Recorder Start Page information on the right C The Version item specifies the software version Recorder Configuration Program On the Help menu select About to display the version information Eventide MediaWorks or Eventide MediaAgent On the Help menu select About to display the version information Eventide VoIP Gateway Attach a monitor mouse and keyboard to the gateway and login the default user is Eventide with password 12345 To identify the software version of the gateway open the following text file on the gateway C VOIP version txt Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ 2 Recorder Setup 2 1 Unpacking the Recorder 4 CAUTION Use care and assistance when lifting and handling the recorder The VR615 weighs about 30 pounds 14 kg and the VR725 about 50 pounds 23 kg The VR778 can weigh as much as 95 pounds 43 kg Check the box for damage A crushed box holes or water damage for example could indicate that the recorder has been damaged Open the box and inspect the recorder and associated accessories If the equipment
66. signal whereas for Level 4 only the most severe alerts will trigger the GPIO signal To identify the severity level of an alert see Table 16 Alert Messages on page 209 or view the configuration for a specific alert using the Recorder Configuration program Logs and Alerts gt Alerts gt Edit View Selection The Unack settings specify that the GPIO signal will be turned off when the alert is acknowledged in MediaWorks or MediaAgent whereas the standard settings allow the GPIO signal to continue when the alert is acknowledged in MediaWorks or MediaAgent Example At Alert Level 3 Unack a GPIO signal is triggered on Alert 1008 severity 3 The system is experiencing a high load This may indicate a problem If this alert is acknowledged in MediaWorks or MediaAgent the signal is turned off Note The GPIO alert output feature also works with an optional GPIO board but only at the default alert severity setting Alert Level 3 Unack and only if the recorder does not contain any Eventide 8 or 16 channel analog input 146 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ boards In this case the signal is output on the first pair of output pins on the GPIO board pins 51 52 on 48 channel GPIO board or pins 31 32 on the 24 channel GPIO board The GPIO board requires an add on license key e Notch Filter Frequency Specifies a frequency to be filtered The notch filter detect
67. so that you will understand the differences between a recorder with DVD media and a recorder with DDS 4 tape Loading a Tape and Preparing for Archiving To prepare the VR778 or VR725 to archive to tape e Make sure the tape is not write protected the protect tab should be closed e Insert a tape in a tape drive e When you are asked what you want to do with the archive If you loaded a new tape or one that has never been used in a recorder select Format After formatting is complete press the knob and select Start Archiving If the tape has calls on it but you want to erase those calls select Format After formatting is complete press the knob and select Start Archiving If the tape has calls on it and you want to keep those calls select Resume Archiving Ejecting a Tape If a tape is full the recorder will automatically stop archiving on the tape Ifa tape is currently archiving and you want to eject it press the knob and select Stop Archiving When the tape returns to Idle status press the knob and select Eject Wait for a message saying that it is safe to remove the tape then press the Eject button on the tape drive itself EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix F Eventide VR778 or VR725 with DDS 4 Tape Drives 197 Playing Calls from a Tape With DVD RAM the recorder saves calls as individual files With tape the recorder stores large groups of calls in single files called tape archives Each tape archive can be as
68. the archive media media cannot be ejected from the open close button on the drive panel itself To eject these disks 1 Press the Eject soft key 2 To close the drive press the open close button on the drive panel 4 4 7 Formatting Archive Media All archive media used with the Eventide recorder must be formatted To format a disk 1 Place the medium into any of the recorder s drives 2 Select that drive by turning and pressing the scroll wheel or by clicking its bar 3 Press the Format soft key 4 Press Yes at the prompt When format is complete the display will say Idle Blank Media with no calls recorded 4 4 8 Start Archiving Once the medium is formatted archiving can begin Select the drive and Press the Start Archiving soft key The display will say Recording with the start date and time of each call as it is being archived The calls counter will increment 4 4 9 Stop Archiving The correct method of halting the archiving process is through the Stop Archiving soft key This will ensure that the process completes cleanly so that the archived data does not become corrupted To halt archiving 120 Chap 4 Recorder Operation Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ Select the drive and press the Stop Archiving soft key The display will say Idle Used Media 4 4 10 Resume Archiving After halting the archiving process using the Stop Archiving soft key you can resume archiving where yo
69. the telephony board You can select the sampling rate and whether a given channel is to record or not Unlike the telephony board non recording channels cannot be live monitored either from the front panel or from the Live Monitor client program EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix C Connection Information for the HiFi Recording Board 189 Figure 43 M Audio 1010LT HiFi Board Connection Diagram VO kA MA Web Oo oy z J CO 190 Appendix C Connection Information for the HiFi Recording Board Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix D Optional General Purpose Input Output GPIO Boards Note The optional GPIO board feature requires an add on license key from Eventide The following uses can be made of a GPIO board The start and stop of recording on a channel can be triggered by a GPIO board input signal For more information see Section The Channel Configuration Screen on page 67 The logic of GPIO triggered recording can be customized using the custom script feature For more information see Section 5 9 Configuration Files on page 158 A recorder alert can trigger a GPIO output signal For more information see GPIO Output Alert Severity in Topic Analog Input Board Configuration on page 145 Eventide supports the following optional GPIO boards for use with recorders National Instruments PCI 6503 Board 24 Channel National Instruments PCI 6527 Board 48 Channel Important Th
70. to any additional Centralized Archiving drives that connect to the failsafe controller 3 Approve both recorders at the destination recorder s Archiving Centralized Archiving Sources pane 4 Check the Enable Centralized Archive Failsafe checkbox on both recorders in the archive failsafe pair Apply this change At this point Archive Failsafe is ready to be armed If you start archiving on one recorder the other will display ready standby where it would normally display start archiving Additionally you can log into the controller recorder and arm disarm and set the archive time on both recorders in the failsafe pair simultaneously 5 16 Archiving a Channel Group Do the following to archive a channel group 172 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 E Log into the recorder you wish to archive a channel group from Go to Archiving Archive Drives Select the drive you wish to archive to E W N From the Channel Groups pull down menu select the channel group you wish to archive to this drive 5 Click Apply to apply the change At this point any archiving done to this drive will archive calls only from the channels in the channel group selected 5 17 Period Archiving with Recorder Configuration Do the following to perform a period archive 1 Load Eventide formatted media on the Atlas Recorder 2 Log into the recorder with the Recorder Confi
71. to start Duration Enter the length of time in minutes and seconds for the scheduled action Ignored for statistics collection Repeat every Check this box to enable a repeat of the scheduled action and enter the frequency in hours at which this schedule repeats In the example above the schedule will start at 30 minutes after the hour for a duration of 5 minutes and then repeat every hour e Daily Scheduling Parameters When the Daily period is selected the following parameter fields are displayed Period O Hourly Daily O Weekly O Monthly O One Time Daily Parameters Start at 06 00 gt past midnight UTC Duration 12 00 00 gt hours minutes seconds v Repeat every 1 days Start at Enter the number of hours and minutes past midnight that you want the scheduled action to start Duration Enter the length of time in hours minutes and seconds for the scheduled action Ignored for statistics collection 166 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EL Repeat every Check this box to enable a repeat of the scheduled action and enter the frequency in days at which this schedule repeats In the example above the schedule will start at 6 AM for a duration of 12 hours and then repeat every day e Weekly Scheduling Parameters When the Weekly period is selected the following parameter fields are displayed
72. upgrades to recorders at the customer site and the purpose of this section is to explain the process so that customers can confidently perform upgrades and even installations without factory intervention Why Re installation May Be Necessary The recorders use redundant disks so a single drive failure should not cause loss of data or software However if multiple disks in an array fail due toa common cause e g lightning or other power surge you will have to re install the software when they are replaced It is also possible that certain hardware additions and software upgrades will require re installation For example upgrading from version 1 1 x to a later version requires re installation Why Upgrades May Be Necessary or Desirable There are several reasons why you may need to do an upgrade e Problems bugs are found in the version currently running e Hardware upgrades or changes require new software e Valuable features are available in the new release e Factory support requires a more recent software version e If your system is operating satisfactorily you might prefer to leave things alone If you re a feature hungry IT guy well upgrade away EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix A Recorder Software Installation and Upgrade 183 The Software Upgrade Installation Process The actual process of upgrading or re installing your software is simple and much of it is automated It goes like this 1 Archive your
73. works the users who have been enabled to receive notifications will receive a test message Table 15 Alert Severity Levels Severity Name Description Level S 1 Info An informational message or notice that does not require acknowledgement Example Alert 8 Recorder Startup 2 Warning Indicates trouble Example Alert 6004 Primary Raid mount failed and the recorder recovered when secondary mount suceeded 3 Error Indicates an error that could result in possible loss of data Example Alert 5010 The UPS on recorder lt name gt was found but is not functioning properly 4 Severe Error Indicates a serious problem Example Alert 9024 Analog input Board lt name gt has malfunctioned and has been disabled Table 16 Alert Messages Code S Text Description 1 1 The system has received a test alert No action required The send test email button has been pushed either on the front panel or in the Recorder Config client 5 2 Recorder lt 1 gt has lost the network The recorder s Ethernet connection has been connection lost The recorder may be in the process of shutting down or the cable may be unplugged 7 3 The lt 110 gt archive drive has been removed Check that the archive drive is present and or is not functioning functioning 8 1 Recorder Startup No action required The recorder has been started 9 1 T
74. 1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 175 amp Command Prompt x Host Name 2 we s aw we wl lw e KRAUT Mal Primary Dns Suffix oe er i B Moslem eee eee e e e e ST IP Routing Enabled ei i e ot Ne WINS Proxy Enabled 5 No Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection Connection specific DNS Suffix Description Intel R gt PRO 166 VE Network Connecti Physical Addr oe ew ee ow oa 2 ak le Va E Dhep Enabled a a a 468 Autoconfiguration Enabled Yes TP Address a e wn esu we ew S O92 168222237 Subnet Mask gt oi ei eieiei e e e e e E 255 255 255 8 Default Gateway E 192 168 2 1 DHCP Server e e e e e o 092 168 2 1 DNS Servers s e 64 253 32 3 Lease Obtained 2 I Friday November 17 2006 1 45 33 PM Lease Expires e Friday November 17 2006 11 45 33 P A iC gt IT FCONFIG The MAC address is the Physical Address in this example 00 13 20 FB 94 5 19 2 Editing an Existing Workstation To edit an existing workstation 1 From the Workstation main screen select a workstation in the Workstation column and click Modify The Edit Workstation window displays Edit Workstation PR kesil Location MAC Address home ID 13 20 09 fb 94 Channel Numbers 1 16 Channel Names Cancel 2 All fields listed can be modified However the MAC address if
75. 10 e The topology of your network must be configured to allow all call data to be visible to a single Ethernet port which is attached to the gateway e Network Connection The recorder and the gateway must be configured in a way that allows them to recognize each other s presence The recorder knows of the gateway from its IP address so Eventide strongly suggests that the gateway be configured with a static IP address This is also helpful for Eventide technical support in the event system maintenance needs to be performed using either a modem or virtual private network VPN e The recorder and the VoIP Gateway must be synced to the same time source so that audio data is correctly sequenced and archived This is critical for proper operation It is most easily achieved by synchronizing them to a single NTP Network Time Protocol server or any other reliable time source VoIP Gateway Configuration Use the following procedure to configure the gateway 1 Use the Recorder Configuration program to log in to the recorder 2 Go to the Configuration Files area for the selected recorder This is where configuration is performed that allows the recorder to communicate with the VoIP Gateway 3 From the Files column select the Remote Gateway and Virtual Board Configuration file Appendix J Recording VoIP or RolP Calls Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ 2 Recorder Config File View Help Config Items Recorders VR 725 SN70000594
76. 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC Columns Oct 25 2005 13 44 51 UTC More Click the Filters soft key on the bottom left of the recorder console the filters popup screen displays Note The recorder screen synchronizes all soft keys with its active function whichever buttons display onscreen are the current functions for that soft key Descriptions follow for using each type of filter 2005 10 26 13 07 37 EDT 0 00 14 2005 10 26 13 E 37 EDT 0 00 14 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 2005 10 26 13 08 11 EDT 0 00 19 2005 10 26 13 08 11 EDT 0 00 19 Add Edit N Oct 26 2005 13 10 53 EDT Remove Remove All Cancel Note Be sure to adjust your column displays to show the criteria by which you re filtering See Topic Displaying Columns on page 39 By Channel Filter By Channel allows you to select audio records by individual channels Chap 2 Recorder Setup Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 1 After clicking Filters from the main RECALL screen select By Channel in the Filters window Then press the Add Edit soft key at the bottom left of the Recall screen
77. 16 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 16 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 34 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 34 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 34 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 34 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 34 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 34 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 34 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 34 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 34 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 34 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 34 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 34 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 34 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 34 EDT 2005 10 26 13 12 34 EDT 2005 10 26 Oct 26 2005 13 13 14 EDT Switch Cancel 2 The cursor displays in the top text box Enter in here the beginning most brief duration period in the time span Enter all values in seconds 3 Next press the Switch soft key and the cursor moves to the second text box Enter here the maximum length of duration for the time span you re defining Switch toggles between the entry fields so use it to return to the first field to change the beginning value if need be 4 When finished press OK to retrieve all records that meet this time frame criterion To cancel the action press Cancel By Date Time Range Filter By Date Time Range allows you to select audio records by specific time frame 1 Press the Filters soft key from the RECALL screen s main display when the Filter window displays select Date Time Range The Date Time Range window displays Chap 2 Recorder Setup Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Oct 26 2005 13 14 58 EDT 005 10 26 13 13 42 E 005 10 26 13 13 42 E 005 10 26 13 13 42 E 005 10
78. 22 Chap 2 Recorder Setup Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B e Operating Limits The location must respect the unit s operating limits as listed in the Operating Limits section of this manual e Convenience If the unit will be operated from its front panel then it should be comfortably accessible to the operator Service personnel should have access to the unit If the unit is to be installed in a rack special rack units that provide a horizontal writing surface are available e Security If the unit must be physically secure then it can be placed in a locked equipment room with limited access This will also help ensure data security Consider that a user with access to the unit can remove power disconnect the input cables play back recordings monitor calls remove archive media and do other things to compromise your data Logins are no protection against a determined attacker In short if you are concerned about malicious users making a purposeful effort to gain unauthorized access to your data then the only real protection is to place the unit in a secure location e Cable lengths For analog signals such as POTS lines and radio receiver outputs cable lengths are not likely to be an issue An adequate level can be obtained thousands of feet from the signal source The unit has programmable adjustments for low or high signal levels That being said shorter cable lengths will create less signal attenuation and noise than longer
79. 240V 427213 002 2U APC Tripp Lite 750VA 120V 427214 001 2U APC Tripp Lite 750VA 240V 427214 002 2U APC Tripp Lite 3000VA 2700W 120V 427215 001 2U APC Tripp Lite 3000VA 2700W 240V 427215 002 2U In addition consumer grade UPS units may be available locally and are suitable for more casual installations Eventide has tested the following units and confirm they work with the recorders Manufacturer Model Recommended for APC Back UPS ES 500 VR615 APC Back UPS ES 725 VR615 VR725 VR778 To connect your recorder to a UPS simply plug the UPS into an AC socket and plug the recorder into the UPS using the power cord provided If you use an approved UPS also connect the UPS to one of the recorder s USB connectors on the rear panel using the cable provided with the UPS This communication link will perform a safe shutdown when necessary and also allow the recorder to notify you by display and optionally by email if there is a power problem Some recorders are available with dual redundant power supplies To preserve redundancy it is acceptable to use a separate UPS with each line cord 2 4 7 Before You Connect Audio Signals to the Recorder Before you connect the telephone lines radio outputs or other signals to be tapped and recorded set the recorder s internal clock date time zone and channel names If you are installing new software on a currently operating recorder disco
80. 48 db 48 db 48 db Show Alerts A check mark in front of the menu item indicates it is enabled When enabled this option displays real time alerts from the recorder For 180 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 example if you are changing parameters and someone uses the front panel to break the lock your Recorder Configuration program has you are notified 5 22 3 Help Menu About Lists release information specific to this version of the Recorder Configuration program E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 181 182 Cnap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ Appendix A Recorder Software Installation and Upgrade Just as with any computer Atlas Recorders require a software operating system and a number of application programs to be functional and to perform useful work The operating system in this case is Linux and the application programs are a combination of standard programs and programs written and maintained by Eventide to work with its custom hardware environment As part of the manufacturing process Eventide installs the recorder software Because the recorder software development is an on going process Eventide occasionally creates software upgrades to bring older recorders up to the current software version It is sometimes desirable or even necessary to apply these
81. Alerts Configuration Files GR Custom Fields P Scheduled Recording e Custom Fields Workstations Client Activity Field Name 32 characters max Field Type Archiving 5 fVR 725 SN7O000596 Moonbe L integer CT VR 725 SN70000595 Hummin VR 725 SN70000594 Bluebird VA 725 SN70000597 Sunshine 1 VR 725 SN70000039 Honeysu VR 615 SN60000189 Lilypad VR 778 SN99000009 water Lily Allow modification C Indexed VA 778 SN99000006 Whippoo Verifier 512 characters max 2 In Field Name enter user_id this name is not case sensitive and in the Field Type select string If you wish to be able to perform searches by this value Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 177 check the Indexed checkbox When finished your screen should look like this Custom Fields 3 Click OK and your workstation setup is now complete and ready to go 5 20 Client Activity The Client Activity option allows you to view specific detailed information about all configured clients It is a read only resource that is accessed by clicking the Client Activity menu option Config Items Recorders VR 778 SN91000164 Miscellaneous Call Suppression User Accounts Boards and Channels Client Activity The screen refreshes to display client information across multiple criteria 178 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software
82. Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Figure 39 Client Activity Screen Client Activity Workstation User Client Id Application Login Time Logout License Client Client Address Time In Use Type Eventide 00 e0 18 96 89 d9 Eventide 006 11 30 2006 11 30 No 1 192 168 2 11 Mediaworks 5 40 34 05 15 Eventide 0 E0 18 96 89 D9 Eventide 2006 12 06 2006 12 07 No F 192 168 2 11 Mediadgent 7 50 57 28 19 Eventide 0 16 76 8B 05 07 i Eventide 2006 12 07 j 06 12 07 i 192 168 2 10 Medha oert 5 30 13 39 01 Eventide 00 18 DE 06 49 4D Eventide 2006 12 05 2006 12 05 i 192 168 2 111 Mediadgent 17 08 30 21 15 14 If a workstation has been set up for a user details of its configuration will display in the first column See Section 5 19 Workstation Setup on page 174 New in 5 21 Packet Capture v1 Packet capture is to be used only by the Eventide Technical Support or Customer Engineering Departments under their direction or by a qualified expert It captures network transmission information for diagnosis and troubleshooting 5 22 Recorder Configuration Program Menu Options 5 22 1 File Menu Apply Saves and applies the current values Print Prints activity reports for multiple system criteria E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 179 2 Print Configuration PR Select Logger VR 778 SN91000164 Select Item
83. Atlas Series Audio Logging and Archiving System Manual published December 2004 e No history available Revision History Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B About This Publication The following topics provide information about this publication e Purpose and Applicability e Howto Use This Publication e Documentation Conventions e Related Information Purpose and Applicability This publication provides information for users of the Eventide Atlas Recorders This information applies to Atlas Recorder Software v1 9 5 for the VR615 VR725 and VR778 recorders and the Recorder Configuration program It may also apply to later versions except when superseded by a more recent publication How to Use This Publication The content is organized as follows About This Publication Describes the content of this publication and how to use it Chapter 1 Introduction Provides a brief introduction and customer support information Chapter 2 Recorder Setup Provides information on unpacking the product performing a bench test installing the product and a short description of how to use the front panel Chapter 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Provides information on configuring the recorder using the Setup menu and on administrative tasks Chapter 4 Recorder Operation Provides information on basic operating tasks such as start up and shutdown locating and playing recordings archiving recordings
84. Configuration and Administration 77 3 7 1 Logins Required Setup Info Recall Jul 27 2005 23 52 56 UTC Enable Cancel Turning on the login feature presents users with a Login button on the front panel Users will have to log in to reach other screens To enable the user login feature check the box with Enable or the mouse and select OK 3 7 2 Auto Logout Timeout Login Setup Info Recall Jul 27 2005 23 53 20 UTC Auto logout timeout User administration HE mail Network Settings Clock e Utilities L System Shutdown Backspace Disable Cancel The auto logout feature automatically logs out the current user after a preset time To enable auto logout enter the number of seconds you would like to have the panel accessible The minimum is 60 seconds but this gives you little time to do anything In fact you may find it difficult to disable auto logout Eventide recommends 600 seconds 10 minutes and this is the factory default To disable auto logout log in if necessary and uncheck the Enable auto logout box 78 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 3 7 3 User Administration Login Setup Info Recall Jul 27 2005 23 50 21 UTC LoginName Password FirstName MiddleName LastName Suffix Chanr Pipe 2 4 5 6 Leleo paxsa Pe pL Le Pale ele ener rent oly gt apm 7 sat Remove For many installations security is an important issu
85. D RAM USB and REV media can be used for these utility functions as Utilities Write logs to removeable media Write configuration to archive Read configuration from archive Archive restore Write metadata to archive Read metadata from archive Post burn DVD R integrity check Touchscr dlibration coarse 98 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 3 11 1 Write Logs to Removable Media The system Jul 28 2005 18 08 23 EDT Login Setup Info Recall System Info Archive Network Archive amp Recording amp Security E mail Network Settings g r Read configuration from archive HArchive restore Write metadata to archive Read metadata from archive Eo pum DVD R GE EE logs contain many clues and information that can help diagnose problems with the recorder Especially if your recorder isn t connected to the internet it may be necessary to send this log information to Eventide to assist in finding a problem The procedure for using this function is to simply insert a blank formatted archive medium in the recorder select Write logs to removable media and select Yes when asked to confirm your wish You must use a separate disk for each different utility item to be saved Login Setup Info Recall Jul 28 2005 18 17 21 EDT Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Network Archive Recording Security HE mail amp Network Settings be Clock Utilitie
86. Eventide Communications Division Atlas Recorder User Manual E Models VR615 VR725 and VR778 E Atlas Recorder Software v1 9 5 or later Part Number 141078 03 Published May 24 2010 2004 2010 Eventide Inc ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Every effort has been made to make this guide as complete and accurate as possible but Eventide Inc DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE The information provided is on an as is basis and is subject to change without notice or obligation Eventide Inc has neither liability nor responsibility to any person or entity with respect to loss or damages arising from the information contained in this guide Notice This computer program and its documentation are protected by copyright law and international treaties Any unauthorized copying or distribution of this program its documentation or any portion thereof may result in severe civil and criminal penalties The software installed in accordance with this documentation is copyrighted and licensed by Eventide Inc under separate license agreement The software may only be used pursuant to the terms and conditions of such license agreement Any other use may be a violation of law Eventide is a registered trademark of Eventide Inc Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others Publication Date May 24 2010 Document Number 141078 03 Publisher Eventide Inc Communications Division 1
87. Host SMTP Pott 25 Local Machine Name Statistics Fi TLS J Enable email notifications Send Test Email Email Server Configuration WR 725 SN70000596 RW The Email Server Configuration selections include 156 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ Send From Enter an email address of an account on the SMTP server in the form of name domain com Send Error To This field is not usually required but can be filled out in the form of name domain com Login Name Enter a Login Name if the SMTP server requires sender authentication Login Password Enter a Login Password if the SMTP server requires sender authentication SMTP Host Enter the IP address of the SMTP server SMTP Port The SMTP port is usually 25 Check that your SMTP server is bound to a different port before changing Local Machine Name Some SMTP servers require a Local Machine Name If it is not required leave this box blank Do not use an e symbol in this box as it will cause an error Force TLS This is usually left unchecked If your SMTP server requires an encrypted TLS Transport Layer Security connection then check this box Enable email notification Check this box to enable email notification After you have completed the configuration click the Apply button and then click the Send Test Email button The users who have been enabled to receive alert notifications shou
88. I 320x240 color TFT LCD display soft keys fixed keys scroll wheel keypad volume control speaker Front Panel UO USB 1 8 inch line level output 1 8 inch headphone output Remote Windows based remote call browser software Windows based remote administration client Operating Linux System Call Record Internal relational database with programmable retention Database Channel Inputs Compression Rates kbits s Frequency Response 13 3 16 32 64 Mu law 200 to 3400 Hz Signal to Noise 50dB Crosstalk 60dB AGC 24dB Boost Impedance gt 10 K ohm Network Ethernet 100 Mbps Height 3 1 2 inches 2 rack units 7 inches 4 rack units Depth 19 inches 26 inches Power 150 watts nominal 200 300 watts Power supplies Single Dual hot swap Weight 30 pounds nominal 55 95 pounds Analog 8 48 8 192 channels Digital PBX 8 48 8 192 channels T1 E1 ISDN PRI 1 4 24 240 channels ISDN BRI 96 max 96 max channels VoIP channels 8 64 8 128 Maximum hard disk capacity 2 drives RAID 1 2 6 drives RAID 1 or RAID 5 Standard archive drives 1 9 4 GB DVD COMBO DVD RAM R 2 9 4 GB DVD COMBO 1 CD RW 12 Chap 2 Recorder Setup N Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EL Standard hard disk storage 2 X 120 GB 2 X 120 GB Optional storage 2 X DDS 4 Removable hard drives 2 2 2 Front Panel Details V
89. K y a ee ee ee ee a a aieia 52 3 3 5 Add On WEE 52 3 36 View alarm log aaee E E T E 53 3 3 7 Enable Disable Verbose Logging sssssssssssssserrrrrrrttetetrrrrrttrtesssttrnnnnnnnnnstrnnnnnnnnnnrene 54 3A SETUP e EE 54 n Archiving a EE 54 34 2 Archive Protection P HOG wisccvccscecseawsarecvcaawnassdeiaadeia sani EENS AEN 55 343 EEN 55 3 4 4 Enable Disable Label Printing eiss ces ciccetioc seanicscceen EES 56 3 4 5 Resume Archiving on Startup secasciccs sattases Ee ere 57 3 4 6 Set Current Archive Time 57 3 4 7 Archive Failsafe Gerver ccc cccccecccccceeceesceeeceeseeeeceeeeeeeceeueeueueeueeueueeueeuseeeaeaaseeeaeaaseeenes 59 3 4 8 Enable Disable Archive talsate 60 3 4 9 Archive Failsafe Debhavior 60 3 5 SETUP Network Archive 60 3 5 1 Enable Disable Network Archive cccccccccccccessceeseeseeeeceeeeueeeueeeeeeusesaeueaeeeeneneeaeeees 61 352 e in El EE 61 berechtegt e 62 e g 0 EE 62 920 9 USCMNAM EE 63 OOO PASSWOI EE 63 3 5 7 Set Current Network Archive Time 64 3 6 SETUP DEE egene gereent deen teunpoeradeatecianadtuenteusmaceas 64 3 6 1 Board Kelte EE 65 3 6 2 Channel Configuration EE 67 3 6 3 Delete Calle After RENE 75 3 6 4 Max of Calls in DB EE 76 3 6 5 Audio Segment Length isatsik EE AER EE 77 Dok ao SETUP E 77 3 7 1 Logins EE e eee er eer en re ee ee ee 78 3 7 2 Auto Logout REINER 78 3 7 3 User Administration aeiiao aE AA EAEN SE EEEa 79 3 0 SETUP EMallenanee a a a a a a a a
90. Miscellaneous Call Suppression User Accounts Boards and Channels Logs and Alerts Configuration Files Custom Fields Scheduled Recording Workstations Client Activity Archiving Clustering Packet Capture Configuration files for VR 725 SN70000594 Figure 50 VoIP Remote Gateway Configuration LG ax Files This file is where Network Proxies are configured The file formatis one entry per line consisting of the IP address H H st fis el Custom Script Source File Ki he proxy single space and then the number of channels the proxy is configured for Custom Script Configuration File example 192 168 2 1 16 Metadata Integration Configuration Remote Gateway and Virtual Board Contig cfg file for remote gateway at 192 168 2 99 192 168 2 99 48 SNMP Configuration File SNMP Trap Actions e Remote Gateway and Virtual Board Configuration file retrieved gt VR 725 SN70000594 RO Modified Apply Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 4 This file contains information that defines all gateways that the recorder should look for and communicate with Each line of the file contains the IP address of the VoIP Gateway followed by a space followed by the number of channels configured for that gateway In the preceding illustration the gateway at this IP address 192 168 2 99 is configured for 48 channels If your gateway is not yet configured add it here in this format If the recorder came preconfigured from the factory to op
91. P Calls Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 For example to add 48 VoIP or RoIP channels on a local virtual board enter one of the following lines localhost 48 RTP 127 0 0 1 48 RTP 4 Click the Apply button at the bottom of the screen 5 Shutdown and restart the recorder for the configuration to take effect 6 Restart the Recorder Configuration program and log on again to the selected recorder The next procedure is to map the virtual VoIP RoIP channels to recorder channels Configuring the Virtual VoIP RoIP Channels To configure the virtual VoIP or RoIP channels perform the following 1 Select Resident RTP VOIP Configuration from the list in the Files box Figure 48 Resident RTP VoIP Configuration Screen Recorder Config File View Help Config Items Files This file holds configuration information for local Atlas RTP and VOIP Channels GiRecorders m This file is not used for configuring remote VOIP Gateways Each remote VOIP VR 615 SN600012 Custom Script Source File Gateway will have its own seperate configuration file and is not configured here VR 778 SN900000 Custom Script Configuration File SV R 725 SN70000596 Metadata Integration Configuratior Defaults Miscellaneous Call Suppression Remote Gateway and Virtual Boar_ Channels User Accounts SNMP Configuration File Boards and Chan SNMP Trap Actions Logs and Alerts Custom Fields Scheduled Reco Workstations Client Activity gArchiv
92. P and EE 219 Adding a Virtual Board for VolP ROlP sacs naa ee ei Ei 220 Configuring the Virtual VolP RoIP Gnannels siccecsscctccctensstiesecbentsnescsnesnasrceeeetsessaeenetnenaeeeestonee 221 The Eventide VolP Gateway senges eegen Eet 222 Eventide VoIP Gateway Topology EEN 222 VoIP Gateway Installation and Configuration ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeessnaaeeeeseaas 223 Other Considerations for Using an Eventide VoIP Gateway cceccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennees 229 VOIP Gateway Software Upgrade E 229 Limited Warranty EE 233 Who is covered under the warranty derer seess geg ege eebe Ae EEE eege 234 When the warranty becomes effective cccccccseseeeennceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeaeeeeeeeeeseessenenneaeeeetees 234 Who performs warranty WOMK geesde 235 Shipping within the 50 United E 235 Shipping outside the 50 United Giates AAR 235 e E E 237 viii Contents Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B Tables Table 1 Specification Summary for Atlas VR615 and VR778 oo eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeenaeeeeeneaas 12 Table 2 Specification Summary for Atlas VR725 and VR778 Blank Panel 16 Table 3 Operating LIMIS sciistici nr oe ee eee ee ee ee ee 22 Table 4 Quick Install Kit ue 27 Table 5 Label Printers Supported E 30 Table 6 INFO Screen Messages 32 Table 7 SET TUP SCS E 46 Table 8 Security Group PrivileQes cccccsecceceesecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeesaeeeeeea
93. Packard P N C5686A HP Surestore DAT 40i 40 GB internal DDS 4 drive e SCSI Controller e Adaptec Model 29160LP Following the manufacturer instructions install the SCSI controller and tape drive in the PC Then turn on the PC and install the Eventide Client software Once the PC is set up you are ready to play calls from a tape as follows 1 Load a tape in the tape drive and wait several seconds for the tape to load 198 Appendix F Eventide VR778 or VR725 with DDS 4 Tape Drives Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ 2 Run the Tatu program Tape Archive Transfer Utility This is located in the directory selected while installing the Eventide Client software From the Start button in Windows select Programs then Eventide VR Series then Tatu Instructions for using Tatu are included in this document 3 Once Tatu has started select a tape archive from the right panel and click on the arrow When the transfer has finished the progress bar will be full and the arrow will go dim The transfer can take as long as an hour depending on the size of the tape archive 4 When the transfer is complete exit Tatu and start the Call Record Browser MediaWorks 5 In the Recorders and Archives panel you should see the archive you just transferred listed as Archive followed by a date Click on the archive then click OK to enter the Call Record Browser From this point you can select and play recordings from the tape E Atlas Rec
94. R615 and VR778 Figure 1 Atlas VR615 The preceding figures show the full front panels for the VR615 and the VR778 The VR778 in its standard configuration has two DVD Combo drives and a CD RW drive The VR615 has a single DVD Combo drive Available optional drives include e omega REV drives e DDS 4 tape drives e Removable hard drives and e Solid state drives for special applications Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 13 14 irme buta rt moor nore dg La x reis 2543 cats orare use ze Chap 2 Recorder Setup The display presents information on the operation of the recorder The bottom row of keys is referred to as the soft keys and their function is defined by the bottom line of the display which changes depending on context The side keys have fixed functions and are referred to as mode keys The knob and keypad are used for data selection and entry You can scroll to an item by turning the knob and you can select the item by pushing in the knob The keypad is used to enter numeric and other data There are three LEDs to the left of each archive drive READY indicates that there is a medium in the drive RECORD indicates that the drive is archiving FAULT indicates that there is a problem with the drive or medium The power switch is operated with a key two of which are supplied Note Avoid using this switch to power down the unit
95. R778 Blank Panel Units scccerisscsisnce cacercenceasxeecourcicnnenatsaciaaadtbanerneeeueesanesee 15 2 2 5 Front Panel Details VR725 with Touch Screen E 17 2 2 6 Rear Panel Details Vente ere 19 23s Bench TeSt EE 19 2 4 STAN TO irouna eene eege 22 E WT E 22 24 2 Op rating gg kc Reamer meee rene ge ene a aa eda ar arana eee ener 22 2 4 3 EES Eed 22 2 AA MOUMUUNG he TE 24 2 4 5 Other Considerations sssrin a Ea ENEA E EAE A EAEN EATR E a ENa E E 24 2 4 6 Connecting AC Power and UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply eeeeeeeeees 24 2 4 7 Before You Connect Audio Signals to the Hecorder 25 2 4 8 Connecting Telephone Radio and Other Analog Audio Signals to the Recorder 26 2 4 9 The Optional Quick Install deene eenegen 27 2 4 10 Connecting Digital Telephone Lines AEN 28 2 4 11 Connecting to an Ethernet Network A 28 2 4 12 Connecting a Keyboard EE 28 2 4 13 Connecting E le e TE 29 2 4 14 Connecting Line Level Eoupment AAA 29 E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Contents iii 2 4 15 Connecting a Label di 29 2 5 The Front Panel User Interface 30 25 1 SETUP EE 30 2 5 2 INFO SCKCCM EE 31 2 5 9 El DEE 32 3 Recorder Configuration and AAMinistration sceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeneeeeneeeeseeeeseeeeseeneeees 45 3 1 OTA ZON E 46 32 el ET 46 33 SETUP nl ne E 46 8 3 1 Configuration Mo eee eae gee een ee sen en re ee ee 47 3 3 2 RAID lageren EE 49 33 3 Soral an 51 33 4 Lice se
96. SPAN technology or Remote Switched Port Analyzer RSPAN technology These components create copies of the audio packets being sent across the network and send them to another designated port for network analysis In the case of RSPAN it places audio traffic on a SPAN port from different network switches For detailed information on SPAN and RSPAN go to the following page on the Cisco Systems web site www cisco com univercd cc td doc product lan c3550 12113ea1 3550scg s wspan htm When using the Resident VoIP feature on an Eventide Atlas Recorder the recorder must be equipped with two network interface cards NICs if you are using SPAN RSPAN One port is used for the unidirectional VoIP traffic sent to the recorder and one port for bidirectional traffic with clients The Eventide VoIP Gateway is equipped with two NICs standard from the factory and can be used with SPAN RSPAN e Eventide suggests implementing VoIP on a virtual local area network VLAN A VLAN is a logical group on the network that effectively prioritizes network traffic to ensure enough bandwidth VLANs also greatly ease the configuration issues surrounding SPAN and RSPAN ports e The MAC or IP addresses of all active phone sets must be designated This information is entered in Configuration Files area of the Atlas Recorder Configuration program For more information see Topic VoIP Gateway Configuration on page 224 Additionally port ranges for both the signa
97. Screen c ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeeseaaeeeeeenaeeeeeee 221 Figure 49 Eventide VoIP Gateway Topology Example ssssseesssnessssernreeeenntsennrsserrrnneernnnnsrnrrnssrrnnnet 223 Figure 50 VoIP Remote Gateway Configuration cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaaeeeesesaaeeeenenaeeeeeee 225 Figure 51 Configuration File for Remote VoIP Gateway EEN 226 x Contents Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B Revision History This section summarizes significant changes corrections and additions to the document The history appears in chronological order with the most recent document listed first Documents are identified by part number and applicable software SW version This section tracks documentation changes For a description of new software features and improvements introduced in a particular release see the product release notes on the Eventide company website May 24 2010 Part Number SW Description 141078 03 v1 9 5 Atlas Recorder Series Server v1 9 5 User Manual Added support for client based label printers that connect to a Windows PC and print through Eventide MediaWorks Added distinction between recorder based and client based label printers Significant revisions include Section 2 4 15 Connecting a Label Printer Added information on types of printers supported Section 3 4 3 Auto Eject Section 3 4 4 Enable Disable Label Printing Section 4 4 12
98. Set the internal clock of the recorder to a time that is slightly incorrect so that time synchronization will be obvious For example set it to 10 minutes slow See in Section 3 10 1 Date Time on page 93 4 From the front panel Setup menu select Clock and then IRIG B Settings 5 Verify that the checkbox is checked indicating that the setting is enabled 6 Use the encoder wheel or pick a value with the touch screen to set the offset between the time zone to which the generator is set and UTC For example if the generator is set to output EST time set the recorder for 5 If outputting EDT set to 4 If outputting UTC set to 0 The purpose of this setting is to convert the output of the generator to UTC which the recorder requires for its internal calculations 7 Press OK to save the settings 8 Connect the IRIG B time code generator to the BNC connector on the back of the recorder labeled Time Code Input 9 Observe the time display at the upper right section of the front panel display Verify that it synchronizes shortly after you have activated it EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 95 96 3 10 5 RS232 Time Settings Info Recall Jul 28 2005 17 11 29 EDT DISABLED FORMAT_0O FORMAT_1 FORMAT_2 Cancel For time code synchronization over RS 232 a NENA compliant time code generator available from Spectracom ESE and other companies can be connected
99. Shutting Down Important To start the recorder use the front panel key switch or front panel power switch depending upon the unit For recorders with a front panel key switch VR615 and VR778 insert the key provided turn it clockwise hold it for up to one second and release it Do not hold the key in the turned position for more than one second or it will force a shutdown before the unit completes the startup For recorders with a front panel power switch VR725 the switch is behind the locked door on which the display is mounted The switch serves the same function as the key switch on other models and the same one second rule applies To shut down the recorder you can perform a controlled shutdown or a forced shutdown In most circumstances you should only perform a controlled shutdown This allows the recorder to close all open files and complete current database operations before shutdown A forced shutdown can result in corrupted files and loss of data It can also damage any archive media in the process of being written and possibly leave either gaps or duplications in your archives In addition Eventide strongly recommends using the recorder with a UPS to allow a controlled shutdown in the event of a power failure A forced shutdown can result in corrupted files and loss of data To perform a controlled shutdown of the recorder 1 Press Setup 2 Select System Shutdown 3 You are prompted to confirm the shutdown Pre
100. Text FAIL No more concurrent licenses ClearChannel 0 ComfortNoiseType 0 NoAudioTimeOut 5 MinNrOfAudioSides 2 Found Adapters AdapterName Device NPF_GenericDialupAdapter AdapterDescl Generic dialup adapter AdapterName1 Device NPF_ E8B1C57F EF3A 4FA3 8B5C D1 21A637D4C4 AdapterDescl VIA Rhine I Fast Ethernet Adapter Microsoft s Packet Scheduler IP 19 AdapterName2 Device NPF_ 9DB186CF 1A7E 4E1D B99A CA1 3DADE27A2 AdapterDesc2 Intel R PRO 1000 MT Desktop Adapter Microsoft s Packet Scheduler IP 192 168 9 253 255 255 255 AdapterName3 none AdapterDesc3 AdapterName4 none AdapterDesc4 AdapterNameS none AdapterDesc5 AdapterName6 none AdapterDesch AdapterName7 none AdapterDesc AdapterName none AdapterDescd AdapterName9 none AdapterDesc9 AdapterNamel0 none AdapterDescl0 AdapterNamel1 none AdapterDescl1 AdapterNamel 2 none AdapterDescl2 AdapterName13 none AdapterDescl3 AdapterName 4 none AdapterDescl 4 PCAP DecleotTimemorte D I E cfg file for remote gateway at 192 168 2 99 lt file retrieved gt VR 725 SN70000594 RO Modified Apply This file cfg file for remote gateway is downloaded to the recorder from the VoIP Gateway It will not appear until the presence of the gateway has been detected on the network by the recorder A majority of lines in this file do not need to be changed The following however must be modified to suit your configuration
101. User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 155 e Unarchived Calls Similar to Unarchived Audio Size but number of actual calls instead of raw data size e Audio KB Archived This Period Size in KB 1024 Bytes of how much audio was archived the preceding day This is an indicator of whether disks are being changed appropriately etc e Oldest Call On Disk This is perhaps the most critical of all statistics logged As a hard drive is filled older calls begin being overwritten Ultimately this should directly determine your archiving strategy for moving older calls to other media e Current Archive Time As archive media is written this time is incremented All calls after this time and date have not been archived All calls before may have been archived assuming the archive was recorded before they were erased due to lack of storage 5 8 4 Email Server You can have the recorder send emails to designated recipients by filling in the Email Server Configuration screen and checking the Enable email notifications checkbox You designate individual users to receive notifications under user administration In the Recorder Configuration program select Email Server from the Config Items menu on the left side of the screen The Email Server Configuration screen is displayed Figure 29 Email Server Configuration Screen Email Server Configuration Send From Send Error To Login Name Login Password SMTP
102. a wide horizontal rectangle To the left of the rectangle is the type of archive drive DVD RAM R HD REV or DDS 4 To the right of the rectangle is the number of calls on the disk or a Ready message during sequential archiving Inside the rectangle itself is one of a number of possible messages and indications At the bottom of the screen are soft keys that change depending on context The following table provides more information Table 12 INFO Screen Archive Drive Messages and Soft Keys Display Description Available Soft keys No Disk The drive is empty Eject Loading A medium has been loaded and the recorder is scanning it to learn its status Unloading A medium is being ejected Idle Unformatted media An unformatted medium is inserted Format Eject Idle Blank media A formatted blank medium is inserted Format Start Archiving Eject More Archive Period Media Info Print Label Back meud Eventide media A medium with one or more recorded calls is inserted Format Resume Archiving Eject More Media Info Print Label Browse Archive Idle Full Eventide media A full medium is inserted Format Eject More Media Info Print Label Browse Archive Back a for Playback The medium is being prepared for browsing the viewing searching and playing back of calls as the recorder loads the calls from the archive into an
103. aaeeeeeaaaeeeseaaeaeeeeeeeaenseneaes 80 Table 9 Default Network Settings Single NIC 89 Table 10 Sample Net Mask and Subnet Settings ek 90 Table 11 Default Network Settings First NI en 90 Table 12 INFO Screen Archive Drive Messages and Soft Keys s essssnssssssrnnssenressrrrnrerrnnnnsrrrresee 119 Table 13 Eventide Analog Board Standard Pin Outs 8 16 and 24 Channel Boards 5 204 Table 14 Eventide Analog Board Reverse Pin Outs 8 and 16 Channel Boards 204 Table 15 Alert Severity EE 209 Fable 16 Alert Messages EE 209 Figures Fig re 1 Atlas EE 13 Fig re 2 Atlas VR77 8 EE 13 Figure 3 Typical VR615 E 15 Figure 4 Typical VR778 Rear Panel snnnnsnnsenssssnssnrrrrnrnesesteeensnenssssrerorrrrnnnnrtrrrrrnnnnnnnnntnnnnnnnaeeena 15 Figure 5 Atlas VR725 with Touch Screen sssseessseeesssrreseeseerssrrrrssttrnntrttntetsrrrnnettnnnttsnnnrsserrnn nenen ent 17 Figure 6 Atlas VR725 with Touch Screen Door Open ENEE 17 Figure 7 Touch Screen Close Up cccceeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaaaeeeeaaeeeesaaaeeeseeaaeeeeeeeneneenes 18 Figure 8 Typical VR725 Rear Panel E 19 Figure 9 Setup Screen accteccatosnctecscsdenetanccertciauaciesnattgtialanenigerqrciaa taut vnereeusienasddtietateeiaaueceeeeeieaade 31 Figure 10 lnfo EE a ess ce N ara oes Se eee ces eee 31 Figure 1 EE EE 33 Figure 12 Channel Configuration TT 68 Figure 13 Recorder Configuration Startup Scre
104. able to reach time source for lt 110 gt minutes Rr This is a test email sent from recorder lt 1 gt at facility lt 2 gt Kam The core temperature of recorder lt 1 gt has exceeded the normal operating range The Core temperature 110 Kom Network cable unplugged al Unable to contact ntpd ry Initial version lt 110 gt installed at lt 111 gt E Upgrade to version lt 110 gt from version lt 111 gt completed at lt 112 gt oa The recorder does not have a valid license key You are currently on day lt 1107 gt of your 7 day grace period 25 53 The recorder does not have a valid license kev Your atace period has expired and the recorder will regain full functionality Edit View Selection Configuration options for recorder alerts and warnings VR 778 SN90000098 RW Apply The Alerts screen provides the alert code and alert text for all alert messages in the system 152 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 You may edit or view certain alert configuration parameters To edit or view a specific alert click on the corresponding number for that alert in the left column and then click the Edit View Selection button at the bottom of the screen A screen similar to the following is displayed S Recorder Config Alert Alert Code 14 Display Text The recorder was not properly shut down This can cause serious loss of data The shutdown time was approxi
105. afe behavior Network Archive Backspace Cancel Hostname the NETBIOS or DNS name of the server where the archives will be stored This server must be a Microsoft Windows server or other system that emulates Microsoft Windows file sharing EZ Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 61 3 5 3 Share Name Archive failsafe server Enable disable archive failsafe Archive fallsafe behavior amp Utilities Backspace Cancel Share Name the name of the share on the server where the archives will be stored Microsoft Windows syntax for specifying a network location is Hostname Sharename For example if your network administrator has specified that the recorder archives can be stored at BigServer RecorderArchives the NAS Hostname should be configured as BigServer and the Share Name should be configured as RecorderArchives 3 5 4 Workgroup Archive failsafe server Enable disable archive failsafe Archive fallsafe behavior Network Archive Utilities Backspace Cancel Workgroup The Workgroup or Domain of the server where archives will be stored 62 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 3 5 5 Username Setup Info Recall Jul 27 2005 19 31 55 UTC Archive failsafe server Enable disable archive failsafe Archive failsafe behavior Network Archive Backspace Cancel Username a valid
106. all from 900 880 0555 will also match this number Enter a description and click OK The new entry displays in the list on the right side of the screen To remove an existing entry select it in the list and click Remove The system displays a message asking for confirmation Are you sure you want to remove the selected phone number Phone number 212 868 8774 Description test call suppress OK Cancel Click OK to proceed or Cancel to stop the action 5 5 User Accounts Figure 18 User Accounts Screen File View Help Config Items User Accounts Recorders VA 778 SN91000164 IVR 778 SN99000002 You may add remove or modify User Accounts Miscellaneous Call Suppression Accounts that are not on all the loggers to which you have logged in are highlighted in blue Accounts that are on all loggers but which Eser Accounts have conflicting data are highlighted in red Users Boards and Channels Channels Boards The text in the User Accounts window says that when accounts are highlighted in blue it indicates they are not on all the recorders to which you have logged in and when accounts are highlighted in red it indicates the accounts are on all the recorders to which you have logged in but the accounts have conflicting data This highlighting feature is only available through the Recorder Configuration program and not through the front panel Click Users beneath User Accounts in the navigation pane to
107. all has been suppressed e Unsuppressed If checked the call has been unsuppressed To change the displayed Columns Select RECALL Select Columns Select or deselect the desired columns by toggling the associated checkbox Click OK Depending on the width of the column data you may have to remove columns before adding new ones 4 3 6 Playing Back Calls Playing back calls from the front panel is simply a matter of scrolling to and selecting the desired call by either pressing the scroll wheel or clicking on the call The call will play through the front panel speaker or through the headphones A progress counter and location indicator will be displayed as the call plays BCTI 2004 07 22 15 41 27 EDT 2004 07 22 15 41 27 EDT 2004 07 22 15 41 27 EDT 2004 07 22 15 41 27 EDT 2004 07 22 15 41 27 EDT 2004 07 22 15 41 27 EDT 2004 07 22 15 41 27 EDT 2004 07 22 15 41 27 EDT 2004 07 22 15 41 27 EDT 2004 07 22 15 41 27 EDT Loop Start Loop End Resume Cancel loop To fast forward or fast reverse through the call turn the scroll wheel There is no touch screen or mouse equivalent of this function Login Call playback E 15 42 02 Playing at 15 42 15 15 46 50 Uc i Ai LI 2004 07 22 15 42 02 EDT 2004 07 22 15 42 02 EDT 2004 07 22 15 42 02 EDT 2004 07 22 15 42 02 EDT 2004 07 22 15 42 02 EDT 2004 07 22 15 42 02 EDT 2004 07 22 15 42 02 EDT 2004 07 22 15 42 02 EDT 2004 07 22 15 42 02 EDT 2004 07 22 15 42 02 EDT
108. and live monitoring E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 About This Publication 5 Chapter 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Provides information about client software used for recorder administration and detailed instructions on using the Recorder Configuration program Appendices Provide related information Documentation Conventions Important or Critical Information 4 CAUTION AA WARNING A DANGER Important New in v1 1 Note The following labels are used to emphasize important or critical information To ensure safety and prevent damage you must read and follow the instructions in these statements E Personal Hazard Information This warns of a potential hazard that could result in minor or moderate injury if not avoided or it warns of an unsafe practice This warns of a potential hazard that could result in death or serious injury if not avoided This warns of an imminent hazard that will result in death or serious injury if not avoided E Useful Information This provides important information mainly alerting readers to situations that may cause undesirable results or system harm If there is more than one item they will appear in a numbered list This draws the reader s attention to useful information If there is more than one item they will appear in a numbered list This highlights a new feature introduced in the software version indicated Only the latest features are identified
109. anel on page 15 Slot 8 is nearest the power supply Slot 1 is eight slots over from the power supply The VR725 telephone boards are numbered left to right when viewed from the rear A mating connector is provided for each board unless a Quick Install Kit has been ordered see Section 2 4 9 The Optional Quick Install Kit on page 27 The connector has two rows of contacts One row is numbered 1 through 25 and the other row is numbered 26 through 50 Numbering is such that pin 1 is opposite 26 and 25 is opposite 50 Each audio input requires two wires in what is known as a balanced configuration There is no ground connection The channel and connector pin correspondence is detailed in Appendix H Channel Wiring for Eventide Analog Input Boards on page 203 Eventide offers a Quick Install Kit that besides pulling together the parts you will need for a convenient installation brings Channel 1 to the white blue pair see Section 2 4 9 The Optional Quick Install Kit on page 27 To connect a telephone line to a given channel simply connect the two wires to the two pins for that channel It is not necessary to check or observe polarity To connect an audio source such as the line output or recording output ofa radio connect the hot lead to one pin and the ground or shield lead to the other Again there is no distinction between input pins Either can be connected to the hot lead Any audio source may be connected p
110. ange information about a call or incident can occur much later Therefore this information may not be present when the archive is recorded and so obviously cannot be recorded along with the archive The Write metadata to archive menu item as part of SETUP allows you to gather all this later entered data on one medium and to restore it to the recorder if necessary It will not normally be necessary but the purpose of saving it is the same as the purpose of archiving backup and safety To create a metadata archive insert a DVD RAM medium in an available drive and format it if necessary Select Write metadata to archive and confirm you want to do so by pressing the YES soft key Remove the disk and store it with your archives To restore the metadata to the recorder insert the metadata archive and select Read metadata from archive and confirm the operation Unlike the calls themselves metadata takes a very small amount of space ona disk and the entire recorder can be backed up on a single metadata disk Metadata is stored in most cases the equivalent of forever and so the most recent metadata backup will suffice to restore this data to all archives Therefore you should determine a reasonable schedule for making these backups once a week perhaps and keep only a couple of disks in rotation for this purpose EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 4 Recorder Operation 127 4 5 Live Monitoring A
111. anging the Channel Name parameter Adding users when login is enabled Administering the recorder as an email client to send email alerts Changing Channel Configuration parameters e Multiple users can log in and use the recorder simultaneously e Get extra functionality View long lists of calls in a tree format Save calls as WAV files Burn CDs View and print reports Play back calls on archives on a PC without the recorder Setting facility name Call suppression configuration Tag calls for protection from being deleted Compare user accounts on multiple recorders View call and archiving statistics Note For Atlas Recorder Software versions 1 4 3 and later the Call Record Browser Timeline Editor and Live Monitor are not supported 5 1 3 The Recorder Configuration Program The Recorder Configuration program allows installers and administrators to perform recorder configuration and administration tasks remotely from a client PC It provides access to recorder functions and is an alternative to using the recorder front panel SETUP menu The Recorder Configuration program is particularly valuable when you are working with a multi recorder system because you can control them all from a single location and more easily ensure that user and other configuration options are consistent Note The Recorder Configuration program and the front panel SETUP menu cannot be used simultaneously to configure or control the
112. appears damaged contact Eventide right away and save the damaged box and packaging Check that the unit is delivered with the expected configuration and accessories The packing slip states the contents In addition the box will include e A configuration sheet indicating installed audio input boards and other I O boards e A warranty registration card e One archive medium per archive drive e One power line cord per power supply e Two server software disks one labeled install and one labeled update e This document e Two keys Eventide strongly recommends that you keep one of the keys as a spare and put it in a safe place Other accessories may be included depending on your order For example you may receive client disks and additional documentation for the client software 2 2 General Specifications 2 2 1 VR615 and VR778 All Eventide Atlas Recorders are based on very similar server recorder software and identical client PC user software The primary differences among different units in the product line are physical e g size power storage configuration EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 11 etc The following table highlights the differences among the products This is a summary only and does not replace the individual unit specifications Table 1 Specification Summary for Atlas VR615 and VR778 Product view Atlas VR615 Atlas VR778 Front Panel GU
113. archived Because of this archive drives can optionally be set to use Call Source Tracking which will prevent any archive from writing past the current archive time of any source that is not currently up to date In the same scenario as the preceding one but with CST turned on the result would be the DVD RAM drive would pause in archiving mode idle until the VoIP system caught up to the archive time that had been initially set at which point the DVD RAM would begin to fill with all of the calls leaving nothing unarchived This feature is optional only because a Call Source may be temporarily off line and one needs to archive calls anyway In that case turn off CST create the archive you need then turn CST back on and reset the archive time 5 19 Workstation Setup The Workstation Setup screen is used to assign specific channels to a workstation location and a user so that calls can be tagged with that information When a user is logged in at a designated workstation calls received at that location will have the user name and location saved in the call metadata Select the Workstations item under Logs and Alerts and a screen similar to the following is displayed Figure 38 Workstation Setup Screen Recorder Config File Yiew Help Config Items Recorders Workstations 3VR 778 SN31000164 Miscellaneous Call Suppression User Accounts Location MAC Address Boards and Channels Logs and Alerts Text Files Channel Numbers
114. arily to select the recording algorithm that digitally encodes the audio inputs Channel configuration adapts each input to the characteristics of its signal Once you have set the recorder s internal clock configured the input board or boards and configured the channels the recorder begins recording There is no record Start Stop control recording begins when the input lines are connected and the appropriate signal triggers recording Therefore the recorder s internal clock settings and any board or channel configuration changes should be set prior to connecting incoming signals to the audio input boards Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Ey 3 6 1 Board Configuration The following Board Configuration screen shows a system with a single Analog Input Board Jul 27 2005 22 23 07 UTC Pte 3 4 5 6 72 9 0 lexsa Tee el a el ene Pont Poly pepe sy sn Board level settings apply to all channels on the board The Board Configuration Screen To get to the board configuration screen select SETUP Board Configuration Navigating with the Scroll Wheel To scroll vertically turn the scroll wheel if there is only one board this will not apply to scroll horizontally press the scroll wheel to select a board and turn the scroll wheel after scrolling horizontally press the Select Row soft key to go back to scrolling vertically Navigating with the Touch Scre
115. art the front panel without interrupting recording Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ In the Archiving Options section to designate the delay parameters for archiving a call e Enter values for Archive Calls lt delay gt seconds after the lt start end gt of each call where lt delay gt represents the number of seconds that you wish to wait before starting an archive operation The default value is 12 seconds lt start end gt represents a value from the drop down list indicating either the start or end of the call Note If archiving is in progress and you modify the archiving values you must stop and then re start the archiving for the new settings to take effect To save any changes that you make to the Miscellaneous values you must click the Apply button 5 4 Call Suppression Figure 17 Call Suppression Screen S Recorder Config TOK File View Help Config Items Description Recorders VR 778 SN99000007 Grasshopp Miscellaneous Call Suppression a User Accounts Phone Number Boards and Channels a Logs and Alerts Configuration Files Custom Fields Scheduled Recording Workstations Client Activity a Archiving Suppress on match Record on match New Entry Remove Entry Suppress DTMF Maintain a list of numbers for which recording is suppressed Apply Current The Call Suppression screen pro
116. ateway e Ifthe recorder s connection to the network fails the gateway will begin caching all audio received As soon as the connection is restored all buffered audio is forwarded to the recorder No audio will be lost if the disconnect is a relatively short one but if the recorder is down for an extended period some audio will be lost due to limits of its caching facility Note that during a time of disconnect Live Monitor will not function and all channels display as grayed out e Archiving Calls When Using a VoIP Gateway The archiving facility of Atlas Recorders is wholly dependent upon time stamps to generate accurate and sequential archives An audio recording is eligible for archiving 15 seconds after it concludes recording If a disconnect between the gateway and the recorder occurs this impacts how the archive pointer caches the calls and the sequence in which calls will be received and ultimately archived If the delay is significant an alert displays that details the conditions of the disconnect and some calls will not be archived In such a case Eventide suggests doing a period archive VoIP Gateway Software Upgrade This section describes how to upgrade the VoIP software on the Eventide VoIP Gateway The gateway and the recorder must use compatible versions of Eventide software that is they must both be updated with software from the same release level Eventide recommends upgrading the gateway first Note After t
117. atus wherein it cannot be deleted from the recorder s hard drive You may see if a selection has this status by selecting the Mark Protected option in the Columns selection process See Topic Displaying Columns on page 39 Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 37 00 UTC Filters Colurnns 3 Select a recording and click Add The entry displays in red lettering 4 When a selected entry is highlighted the Add soft key changes to Remove which permits you to deselect it quickly from the playlist Filters Columns Fiemove 5 After you select all the entries you wish to include on the new playlist press More to proceed 6 The soft keys refresh to reflect your progress in this process from the ones displayed click the List Done soft key 7 The screen refreshes with a listing of each audio record selected Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 41 42 Recall Dec 13 200 3 40 UTC Playlist UNSAVED multitrack skip silence not shared we Cai site bio 2006 12 13 23 34 53 UTC 2006 12 13 23 34 53 UTC 2006 12 13 23 34 53 UTC Play Silence Sequential VartZpeed More 8 The soft keys function as toggle buttons to define attributes to the custom playlist you re creating From left to right the soft keys are Play Silence Skip Silence Use this soft key to determine if this playlist will play or skip silent passages between audio records Sequential Multitrack This toggle d
118. back later if you want to Time Zone What is the recorder s internal date and time Change them Date Time Read what types of boards are installed in the recorder Board Configuration Change the DETECT setting of Channel 5 Put it back to the original setting Channel Configuration Toggle AGC for Channel 6 Channel Configuration Read the serial number of the unit from the front panel Serial Number 7 When you have completed the excercises you can shut down the unit as follows Important Do not force a shutdown by pulling the power plug or using the power switch A forced shutdown can result in corrupted files and loss of data A Go to SETUP B Select System Shutdown C Answer Yes to the prompt After the recorder completes its controlled shutdown procedures the unit will shut down Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 21 2 4 Installation A CAUTION Atlas Recorders can be quite heavy depending upon the model and options Do not attempt to lift or install these units without assistance Do not attempt to rack mount any model without either shelf or rack slide support Rack slides are available as an option from Eventide Do not support these units using only the mounting ears 2 4 1 General Atlas Recorders are computer equipment They have essentially the same requirements both physical and electrical as standard PCs and similar attention should be pai
119. ble Email globally permits emails to be sent when enabled Email still requires further configuration in the Security section to determine to whom it will be sent Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 3 8 2 SMTP Server Jul 28 2005 00 08 45 UTC Backspace Cancel SMTP Server Be sure you are authorized to use the SMTP server in question To prevent spam many disallow relaying This is likely to be a problem if the recorder isn t on the same network and may be a problem even on the same network if the recorder doesn t have an account 3 8 3 SMTP Port Setup Info Recall 28 2005 eS ET Enable Disable Emails SMTP Server q e Utilities System Shutdown Backspace Cancel SMTP Port Port 25 is the default used by SMTP servers If a different port is to be used it may be entered here EZ Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 83 3 8 4 Local Hostname Login Setup Info Recall Jul 28 2005 00 10 54 UTC E System Info Force ILS Encryp Send test email Backspace Cancel This is the hostname of the recorder if one has been assigned by the network administrator Example recorder yourdomain com 3 8 5 SMTP Username Login Setup Info Recall Jul 28 2005 00 11 24 UTC mul Itilitiac Backspace Cancel SMTP Username This may be required by the SMTP server Please see your network admini
120. ccording to the philosophy decided for your site Additional details are found in the discussions of actually selecting using and recycling archive media Areniving type Archive protection period Auto eject Enable disable Label printing Resume archiving on startup Set current archive time Archive failsafe server isable 3 4 1 Archiving Type This function selects sequential or parallel archiving on recorders with two or more archive drives Parallel archiving produces multiple disks with the same call data Sequential archiving begins the subsequent disk s where the previous one finished 54 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 3 4 2 Archive Protection Period Setup Info Recall Jul 27 2005 16 56 33 UTC System Info Archive Archiving type Archive protection period Auto eject Enable disable Label Resume archiving on Set current archive ti Archive failsafe servel Enable disable archi Archive failsafe behay amp Network Archive amp Recording Network Settings Clock Backspace Enable Cancel Entering a number and checking the Enable protection box activates a feature that allows you to attach a set number of days to a disk during which the disk cannot be formatted in the recorder It is intended to guard against unintentional formatting When a protected disk is inserted into the recorder the date of the latest call on the disk is com
121. ck and then RS 232 Time Settings Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 6 Select the Format to match the generator s time format Format 0 Format 1 Format 2 GORGY and NIS are available DISABLE of course will prevent the RS 232 source from being used 7 Select the COM port to which the generator is connected If the display uses the notation dev ttySn then use SO for COM1 and 1 for COM2 For the VRO15 there is no setting selection If the VR615 is using an optional recorder based label printer the printer uses COM1 and RS 232 time sync cannot be used For the VR725 and VR778 with an optional recorder based label printer the printer must use COM1 and you should set the recorder to use COM2 for the sync signal If there is no recorder based label printer you can select either port for the RS 232 time sync 8 Match the Baud entry to that of the generator 9 Select the Port settings to set the communications parameters for data bits stop bits and parity 10 Select Yes for Source supplies local time if your generator is on local time select No if it supplies UTC 11 Press the encoder wheel or OK to save the settings 12 Connect the time code generator to the RS 232 connector on the back of the recorder For the VR778 with a label printer leave the printer on COM1 and use COM for the generator 13 Observe the time display at the upper right section of the front panel display Verify that it synchroni
122. connection is not required but periodic connection is Historically a list of National Institute of Standards and Technology NIST internet time servers can be found on the web at 94 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 www boulder nist gov timefreq service time servers html For example either time a nist gov 129 6 15 28 or time b nist gov 129 6 15 29 has been known to work well on the east coast of the United States Note Once you have selected NTP servers the Date Time menu choice will be grayed out After you have activated NTP wait a few minutes and then view the time sync status to confirm that the recorder is following the NTP supplied time See Section 3 10 6 Time Sync Status on page 97 To disable NTP time synchronization select NTP Server and delete all NTP server names After pressing OK the Date Time menu choice will no longer be grayed out 3 10 4 IRIG B Settings If you have ordered optional IRIG B support then the recorder will be equipped with an IRIG B time code reader An IRIG B time code generator can be connected to the BNC connector on the back of the recorder 1 The date is not affected by the time code generator Set the date using the Date Time menu item as described in Section 3 10 1 Date Time on page 93 2 Set the time zone to the desired time zone for normal operation as described in Section 3 10 2 Time Zone on page 93 3
123. corder the user will receive an email message through this address 10 Press the OK soft key to save the settings and add the user to the recorder account Login Setup Info Recall Jul 27 2005 23 50 52 UTC Channels Admin Research Archiver Maintenance Monitor Email Addr FS Ti m m mi E eee Lelei 7 8 8 0 eaksace Pee te sit xPopy gt sp sisi Remove 3 8 SETUP Email Setting these parameters is very similar to the normal email setup procedure on a PC e g the Accounts settings in Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express You will need the same information for these settings as you would for normal email and can obtain them from your network administrator or possibly by looking at your PC email settings Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 81 82 Enable Disable Emails SMTP Server SMTP Port Local Hostname SMTP Username SMTP Password SMTP From Address SMTP Reply To Address SMTP Errors To Address Force TLS Eneryption Send test email All entries requiring IP addresses can either use fully qualified domain names FQDN or numerical addresses Using a FQDN e g lt host domain com gt is recommended since IP addresses frequently change The recorder does not have to be restarted for the email settings to take effect 3 8 1 Enable Disable Emails Info Recall Enable Jul 28 2005 00 08 25 UTC Cancel Enable Disa
124. corder front panel display by selecting the Configuration Info display After entering the IP address using standard notation e g 192 168 1 101 the selected recorder will be added to the main window and will be identified by its name and IP address Two additional columns Available and Logged In will display the current status of the recorder If you enter an invalid IP address you will be asked to re enter it If you enter a valid IP address but no recorder can be found it will be listed as lt Not Available gt If you enter a valid IP address the available column will be checked but you will be not shown as Logged In If the Recorder Configuration software version does not match or exceed the software version of the Atlas Recorder to which you are going to connect you will not be able to connect to that recorder In a multiple recorder system click Add Recorder and fill in IP addresses until the list is complete Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 133 134 5 2 2 Recorder Login Select a recorder by clicking its number to the left of its name If you wish to log into multiple units and they all have the same administrative password then click on multiple blocks by holding down the lt ctrl gt key while clicking or select a group with the mouse and lt shift gt key Then click Log In to Selected Recorders Enter the user Name and Password in the window and cl
125. corder has recorded calls that are later than the current recorder time These calls will not get archived and may cat 55 Avalid license key has been entered 2 Edit View Selection Configuration options for recorder alerts and warnings VR 778 SN99000002 Lotus Flower RW 2 In the list of alerts in the right pane select an alert by clicking on the row number in the leftmost column to the left of the Code column 3 Click the Edit View Selection button This displays the alert message configuration dialog which allows you to adjust settings for the alert 4 Click the Display checkbox if you want the alert message to be displayed in a red popup on the recorder front panel 5 Click the DisplayRemote checkbox if you want the alert message to be displayed in a popup on the PC running the Recorder Config remote client 6 Click the Send Email checkbox if you want a notification to be mailed to the list of enabled recipients 7 Click the OK button 8 When you have finished changing the alerts make sure to click the Apply button on the Alert Configuration window so that the changes are saved Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix Alert Configuration 207 Lastly enable the recorder to send emails Recorder Config DER File view Help Email Server Configuration Send From Send Error To Login Name Login Password SMTP Host SMTP Port 25 Local Machine Name Force TLS Enable
126. creen Note that the upper right corner of the display shows time zone as a three letter code Number of input interface boards Total channels of recording capability in the system Memory MemTotal the total RAM in kilobytes See the following screen and note that the right hand scroll bar accesses this information Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 47 Jul 28 2005 20 31 25 EDT Release 1 3 0BETA 206 Time zone America New_York Analog Telephony board info Number of Boards 1 Active Board Count 1 Active Channel Count 16 Total channels in system 16 Memory MemTotal 1023116 kB e Recorder License Key Information Jun 14 2006 14 36 10 UTC Info Recall Memory MemTotal 1550020 kB Logger License Key Information License Key XXKXKKKKXXXXKXKK Analog Channels 64 Digital Channels 64 Client Conrections 64 Archive Drives 4 Hard Disk Size 625 Gias Add On key Xxx XXKHKKK GPIO Support 4 Num Metadata Data Feeds 4 Num Addon 18 4 License Key The recorder license key displays here along with a list of licensed features and the number or capacity of licensed components Licensed features for this key include analog and digital channels MediaWorks and MediaAgent connections archive drives and hard disks If you exceed licensed features by adding unlicensed components to the recorder such as hard drives or boards the license key wi
127. ct and archive in the tree information is displayed in the Info bar The information consists of e Date and time the archive began Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix G Eventide Tape Archive Transfer Utility Tatu 201 e Date and time the archive ended e Number of calls in the archive e Total space taken up by the archive in kilobytes If a tape archive is selected and you click on the transfer arrow the archive will begin transferring to the temporary directory on the hard drive The temporary directory is specified from the preferences on the Call Record Browser The transfer arrow will gray out during the transfer When the transfer is finished the arrow will become active again Selecting a hard drive archive from the list on the left will enable the Delete Archive button and you may click this button to delete the hard drive archive to free some space 202 Appendix G Eventide Tape Archive Transfer Utility Tatu Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Bi Appendix H Channel Wiring for Eventide Analog Input Boards All Atlas Recorders that are equipped to record analog telephone calls POTS are furnished with one or more Eventide analog input boards Eventide provides 8 16 and 24 channel analog input boards The 8 and 16 channel boards may contain either standard or reverse pin outs on the Telco connector whereas the 24 channel boards all contain standard pin outs All boards are labeled with th
128. cters max Field Type integer Verifier 512 characters max Allow modification C Indexed e In the Field Name field enter a name for the new field e From the Field Type drop down list designate the type for this field Options are Integer Date or String e In the Verifier field optionally enter a regular expression that will validate the information in this field e Allow Modification designates whether this field will be editable after it is created By default this option is selected If you deselect this checkbox you will be unable to make changes to the field hereafter e Indexed will make this field an indexed field in the database thereby improving its retrieval time Default is deselected When all information is complete click OK To modify an existing field select its respective number to the left of its name and click Modify If the field has been designated as editable the Custom Fields screen will be displayed showing the information for that particular field If the field is not editable you will receive the following message 162 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EL Figure 33 Custom Field Not Editable Message E Eventide Recorder Config A The custom field test is not modifiable OK After you access the Edit screen you are permitted only to modify two aspects of the field Verifier and Allow Modification If
129. ctions You can set up the recorder to send email alerts for certain conditions And you can synchronize to an NTP server The Atlas Recorders can support two network interface cards NICs which provides greater flexibility in your installation Setup Info Recall Recording Security Email Network Settings Primary Network Device Secondary Network Device Gateway DNS Servers Clock Utilities System Shutdown 3 9 1 Single Network Interface Card NIC To configure the network device select Primary Network Device from the Network Settings menu A screen similar to the following appears Login Setup info if Recan May 97 2009 0 Switch The recorder is shipped with the following default network settings Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Table 9 Default Network Settings Single NIC IP Address Net Mask Network or Subnet Broadcast 192 168 1 101 255 255 255 0 192 168 1 0 192 168 2 1 You may modify these settings from the Set IP Address screen The appropriate settings can be obtained from your network administrator or automatically by checking the Enable DHCP box If you are using the remote administration and call browsing software provided by Eventide then you should ask your network administrator to provide a static IP address for the recorder The client software will be unable to use services provided by the recorder if the
130. cycle power on the printer form feed one label and attempt to print again 212 Appendix Alert Configuration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B 5000 Communications with the UPS backup power supply has been lost on the recorder lt 1 gt in facility lt 2 gt Please ensure that the UPS is properly connected to the recorder Check UPS connection 5002 Power has been lost on the recorder lt 1 gt in the facility lt 2 gt The UPS is currently providing power No action required 5005 Power has not been restored on the recorder lt 1 gt in the facility lt 2 gt and will be shut down shortly Restore power to the recorder 5008 The battery on recorder lt 1 gt has been exhausted and is being shut down Restore power to the recorder 5010 The UPS on recorder lt 1 gt was found but is not functioning properly Check UPS Brand and model should be supported by Eventide 5013 UPS is attached and functioning normally No action required 5014 UPS is not attached to the recorder or not working properly Check UPS Brand and model should be supported by Eventide 6000 A hard disc has failed on the recorder lt 1 gt please fix it Contact Eventide 6001 RAID on recorder lt 1 gt now degraded Please fix it Contact Eventide 6002 The RAID has been changed lt 110 gt No action required if the change is expected
131. d 1 Press the Filters soft key when the Filter window displays select DTMF Digits The DTMF Digits selection window displays Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 37 38 2005 10 26 13 13 42 EDT 2005 10 26 13 13 42 EDT 2005 10 26 13 13 42 EDT 2005 10 26 13 13 42 EDT 2005 10 26 13 13 42 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT Backspace Login Setup Info Recall __ Start Time Duration Oct 26 2005 13 18 37 EDT 2 Enter a series of DTMF numbers in the entry box provided using the keypad for touch screen users a keyboard or the recorder number keys Enter a co period to select a wildcard search Use the backspace soft key to move the cursor to another point in the number sequence 3 Press OK and the search will retrieve all records that match these DTMF criteria By CLID Digits Filter By CLID Digits allows you to select recordings by the Caller ID digits stored with the record 1 Press the Filters soft key when the Filter window displays select CLID Digits The CLID Digits selection window displays Cha
132. d to perform a shutdown a controlled shutdown can still be accomplished using the following somewhat riskier alternative Use the front panel key switch VR615 and VR778 or front panel power switch VR725 to initiate a controlled shutdown by pulsing the switch for up to one second as follows 106 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 e Turn the VR615 and VR778 front panel key clockwise for up to one second or push the VR725 front panel power switch for up to one second e Do not pulse the switch for more than one second or else a forced shutdown occurs that can result in lost and corrupted data 3 12 2 Forced Shutdown A forced shutdown should only be performed when a controlled shutdown is impossible Important A forced shutdown can result in corrupted files and loss of data To perform a forced shutdown of the recorder e For recorders with a front panel power switch VR725 push and hold the power switch until the recorder shuts down For recorders with a front panel key switch VR615 and VR778 turn the front panel key switch clockwise and hold the key in that position until the recorder shuts down e An alternative way to perform a forced shutdown is to turn off the power supplies from the back panel or unplug the power supplies EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 107 4 Recorder Operation 4 1 Starting and
133. d to their environment to assure long life and reliable operation Site preparation especially for larger installations may include providing rack cabinets and concentrating communication wiring phone lines radio etc nearby 2 4 2 Operating Limits The installation should allow the units to operate within their electrical and physical operational limits Table 3 Operating Limits Parameter Range or Limits Voltage 100 250VAC Frequency 47 63 Hz Power typ max VR615 150W 300W VR725 200W 400W VR778 200W 600W Temperature Operating 5C 41F to 40C 104F Humidity 10 80 relative non condensing Altitude 2 000 to 10 000 feet operating 22 000 feet non operating If operated at high altitudes take special care that airflow is unrestricted by dust or obstacles Vibration These units contain hard drive storage units and mechanical components that are sensitive to mechanical vibration They are intended for operation in fixed locations Vibration isolation mountings are required for use in mobile operation Operating 2 G 5 300 Hz Non Operating 1 G 5 300 Hz Shock Operating 1 G 11 ms half sine Non Operating 40 G 11 ms half sine Orientation The archive drives are sensitive to orientation The recorder should not be mounted more than 15 degrees off the horizontal plane 2 4 3 Location Considerations When choosing a location consider the following
134. der User Manual v1 9 5 EZ Figure 49 Eventide VoIP Gateway Topology Example IP Phone 2 Cisco Ethernet Switch 1 SPAM port that is configured to forward data trattic from two or more IP phones Listen IF Phone 1 only Eventide Gateway MIS Windows RSPAN permits the traffic from IF Phone 3 to be forwarded ta Cisco Ethernet Swtich 1 and on to the VolP gateway Eventide Call Recorder The VolP gateway records RTP traffic from IP sources it is configured to monitor Cisco Ethernet Switch 2 IP Phone 3 VoIP Gateway Installation and Configuration This topic decribes information related to VoIP Gateway installation configuration and diagnostic programs VoIP Gateway Installation Requirements Note To upgrade a VoIP Gateway see Topic VoIP Gateway Software Upgrade on page 229 The following requirements apply to installing and configuration the VoIP Gateway Ek Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix J Recording VoIP or Bop Cals 223 224 e The Atlas Recorder must have software version 1 6 or later installed to support the recording of VoIP transmissions e The VoIP Gateway software must be compatible with the version of the Atlas Recorder Software the major and minor version numbers must match For example if the recorder has Atlas Recorder Software v1 9 0 the gateway must have a 1 9 x version on it to be compatible See Topic Release Numbers on page
135. dministration 45 46 3 1 Organization This Setup section is organized in a manner identical to the Setup menu itself Each expandable menu group has an associated subsection and each subsection explains the individual menu items in the group 3 2 Contents The Setup Menu is described in Table 7 SETUP Screen below Important If you are in the process of setting up a recorder the very first thing you should do is set the Time Zone of the recorder found in the Clock subsection Table 7 SETUP Screen Menu Section Abbreviated Description System Info Provides information on hardware and software configuration of your recorder and status of the RAID disk system Archive Allows configuration of the archive drives and selects archiving methods and backup Network Archive Configures unit to allow archiving on an external network Recording Configures the hardware recording boards and channels and selects how many and how long calls are retained Security Determines user privileges and whether logins are required Email Configures the parameters necessary for the recorder to send email to selected users for exceptional conditions Network Settings Configures the recorder to work with your network Clock Allows recorder time to be set and synchronization source to be selected Utilities Provides tools to perform adminstrative tasks such as saving recorder configuration a
136. e Who should have access to the front panel of the machine and what screens and functions should be available to that user This section will help you set up users and privileges These privileges will apply to the remote clients that is the clients will not bypass the privileges that you set from the front panel About Security Groups Users can be administered by name and password and assigned to one of a list of built in groups Privileges are associated with each group and group members gain those privileges The privileges associated with each group are set up at the factory and cannot be modified There are no user definable groups Security Group Privileges Admin All available privileges including the ability to create new users Research Browse and play back recorded calls RECALL screen only Archiver Ability to archive calls INFO screen only Maintenance Ability to change system settings SETUP screen only Monitor Ability to monitor live calls INFO screen only Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 79 Table 8 Security Group Privileges Security Group Privileges Admin All available privileges including the ability to create new users Research Browse and play back recorded calls RECALL screen only Archiver Ability to archive calls INFO screen only Maintenance Ability to change system settings SETUP screen only
137. e National Instruments specifications for these GPIO boards describe the maximum ratings for their input or output signals Connections that exceed these maximum ratings can damage the board and the recorder Neither Eventide nor National Instruments are liable for any damages resulting from signal connections that exceeed these maximum ratings National Instruments PCI 6503 Board 24 Channel This board provides a 24 bit parallel digital I O interface with Notes 1 24 static digital I O lines non isolated 5 V TTL CMOS in 8 bit ports 2 4 mA 50 pin male I O connector for ribbon cable with IDC type connector No switches or jumpers The I O ports are not optically isolated Eventide has adopted static port assignments on the PCI 6503 See Figure 44 GPIO Board Pin Assignments NI PCI 6503 on page 192 which shows the EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix D Optional General Purpose Input Output GPIO Boards 191 connector pin assignments For detailed specifications refer to PCI 6503 on the National Instruments web site www ni com Figure 44 GPIO Board Pin Assignments NI PCI 6503 Eventide has adopted static port assignments on the PCI 6503 as follows Input channels 0 7 Port A PAO PA7 pin pairs 47 48 to 33 34 Input channels 8 11 Port C upper nibble PC4 PC7 pin pairs 7 8 to 1 2 Output channels 0 7 Port B PBO PB7 pin pairs 31 32 to 17 18 Output channels 8 11 Port C lower
138. e la Dhcaees 81 3 8 1 Enable Disable Emails ccccccccccccccescseeeeeceeeseeeeeceeseeeueeeeueesseeeaeeeaeeeeeeeseneesaneneaes 82 3 8 2 SMTP Server ou ccceccccccccccccceeeceeeeeeeceeseeueceeeeeueueeaeausueeaeauaueeasausueeaeaueueaueuaesaueueeeauenenaeanes 83 3893 SMTP ROR WEE 83 304 Local AOSINAMC resnas a T EE Eee 84 3 8 5 SMTP USOMA Miisa AE EE 84 iv Contents Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B 3 8 6 SMTP Password 85 3 8 7 SMTP From AOGMES Sasa nee 85 3 8 8 SMTP Reply e 86 3 8 9 SMTP Errors To Address Setegtvtegrgrderegceee sec dacceancecsevatinneseacoeancateeceadniancdeeaaayvesameanivees 86 3 8 10 Force TLS Encryption E 87 3 8 11 Send ag nt E 87 3 9 SETUP Network Le EE 88 3 9 1 Single Network Interface Card NIC 88 3 9 2 Considerations When Using a Static IP Address 89 3 9 3 Dual Network Interface Cards NICei 90 394 CAN WAY eee a TA AT AE REENA Ea AREE E 91 3 9 5 Eeer 92 3 10 SETUP el 92 H DATS IME rerien aaa panna aa aa a R Aa A Ta aiaa 93 3 10 2 Ki E 93 3 10 38 EE 94 3 10 4 IRIG B SS IOS ss cecdcnred sere cccassed Awcavtacceeunsoitencactaaserebidanacctuscdasteceesatasiaecenand nadesmatmeuededs 95 3 10 5 R8232 EE 96 3 10 6 Time TT 97 3 11 a BE 98 3 11 1 Write Logs to Removable E IC ccccccetencais ccceteestaccie ese casbteasieten Gu eecsaciace 99 3 11 2 Write Configuration to Archive xsccccsnatcetescinecctaserectacesnteiganeiengigtndtomaassaureesnteeninceasnestece 100 3 11 3 Read Config
139. e number of channels and pin out type either standard or reverse except for very early versions of the 16 channel board If you have one of these unlabeled Eventide analog boards in your recorder it is a 16 channel board with reverse pin outs For standard and reverse pin out assignments see Table 13 Eventide Analog Board Standard Pin Outs 8 16 and 24 Channel Boards on page 204 and Table 14 Eventide Analog Board Reverse Pin Outs 8 and 16 Channel Boards on page 204 Figure 46 Connectors with Standard and Reverse Pin Outs The Eventide Quick Install Kits available for these boards come with cables that compensate if necessary for the pin ordering so that when wiring the punch Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix H Channel Wiring for Eventide Analog Input Boards 203 down blocks the lines are in order according to normal telephone company practice Contact your Eventide representative to purchase your Quick Install Kit Table 13 Eventide Analog Board Standard Pin Outs 8 16 and 24 Channel Boards Chan Pins Chan Pins Chan Pins Chan Pins Chan Pins Chan Pins 1 1 26 5 5 30 9 9 34 13 13 38 17 17 42 21 21 46 2 2 27 6 6 31 10 10 35 14 14 39 18 18 43 22 22 47 3 3 28 7 7 32 11 11 36 15 15 40 19 19 44 23 23 48 4 4 29 8 8 33 12 12 37 16 16 41 20 20 45 24 24 49 Table 14 Eventide A
140. e performed by the touch screen The blank panel models are lower cost alternatives for those installations where almost all operation will be remotely controlled over the network Initial installation can be accomplished by attaching a monitor mouse and keyboard Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 15 Table 2 Specification Summary for Atlas VR725 and VR778 Blank Panel Product view VR725 VR778 Blank Panel Front Panel 640 x 480 Touch screen Display or external monitor and standard computer mouse GUI Front Panel USB 1 8 inch line level output 1 8 inch headphone output UO Remote Windows based remote call browser software Windows based remote administration client Operating Linux System Call Record Internal relational database with programmable retention Database Channel Compression Rates kbits s 13 3 16 32 64 Mu law Inputs Frequency Response 200 to 3400 Hz Signal to Noise 50dB Crosstalk 60dB AGC 24dB Boost Impedance gt 10 K ohm Network Ethernet 100 Mbps Height 5 1 4 inches 3 rack units 7 inches 4 rack units Depth 21 inches w o cables display protrudes 2 inches 26 inches Power 200 watts nominal 200 300 watts Power Dual hot swap Dual hot swap supplies Weight 50 pounds nominal 55 95 pounds Analog 8 96 8 192 channels Digital PBX 8 96 8 192 channels T1 E1 ISDN 1 8 24 240 PRI channels ISDN BRI 48 max 96 max
141. e time of the end of the medium just recorded It is NOT set to the end of other data that may have been archived Sometimes this is desired behavior such as when you want to record more data than will fit on a single medium from the starting time you set Sometimes it may not be such as when you want to continue archiving from the end of the last medium you recorded in the normal sequence If the second is your requirement you can note the desired time and reset the archive pointer to this time If you failed to make a note you can take the most recent archive medium read the Media info for that disk and set the pointer to that time As noted in the display the Archive time is set in LOCAL time If you are setting the archive time to start at the end of a previously recorded archive medium you will probably use the Media Info feature to check on the end time of that medium The recorder displays Media Info in UTC since the archives are portable and must be compatible over time zones and different playback hardware To dovetail the recorded and new archive times you must convert your local time to UTC for this setting For example if Media Info shows an archive completed at 14 02 00 UTC and you are in the EST time zone you would want to set Archive time to 09 02 00 Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EB 3 4 7 Archive Failsafe Server Jul 27 2005 17 29 49 UTC 192 168 1 1 Backspace Cancel Failure of a
142. ed to us it must be cleared through United States Customs by an authorized broker You must make arrangements for this to be done Normally your freight forwarder has a branch in the United States that can handle this transaction If you want our assistance in clearing incoming packages you must notify us before shipping the unit for repair giving full E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Limited Warranty 235 236 details of the shipment and including a minimum of 250 00 in US funds to cover the administrative and brokerage expenses Any balance will be applied to the repair charges or refunded If a balance is due to us we will request a further prepayment All shipments will be returned to you collect If this is impossible because of shipping regulations or money is due us we will request prepayment from you for the appropriate amount All funds must be in US Payment may be made by check drawn on any bank in the US or by telegraphic funds transfer to our bank If you send US currency be sure that it is sent by a method you can trace such as registered mail If you wish to pay by Letter of Credit be sure that it affords sufficient time for work to be performed and the L C negotiated and that it is free from restrictive conditions and documentation requirements We reserve the right to substitute freight carriers Although we will attempt to honor your request for a specific carrier it is frequently necessary to select a substi
143. edie 2 d UTC Code 9 The proce WE alfunction 2005 07 27 16 35 04 UTC Code 2017 top archive drive action unloading me 2005 07 27 17 23 19 UTC Code 2016 the current archive time has been cha 2005 07 27 17 30 43 UTC Code 8009 Archive Failsafe Mode Canceled by us 2005 07 27 18 38 43 UTC Code 8009 Archive Failsafe Mode Canceled by us 2005 07 28 00 14 30 UTC Code 25 this is a test email sent from logger VR Bottom The Alarm Log History screen displays important and potentially critical events in the operational history of the recorder This is valuable both for diagnostic purposes and to determine if settings have been changed These messages can also be selectively emailed to users Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 53 This log can become voluminous and the Top and Bottom soft keys along with the scrollbar speed navigation through the entries 3 3 7 Enable Disable Verbose Logging Setup Info Recall Jul 28 2005 20 50 04 EDT Enable Cancel This function when enabled places additional information in the system logs The Enable key toggles the function and switches the soft key between Enable and Disable OK accepts the final decision 3 4 SETUP Archive This section discusses only a portion of the very important subject of archiving In particular it covers the mechanics of setting up the recorder to archive in the manner and a
144. eference and shows the menu location of all of the functions 4 4 1 General The recorder allows archiving recorded messages on removable media such as DVD RAM or DDS 4 tape The VR615 has one archive drive the VR725 two and the VR778 will have from one to three drives Normally archive period selection is automatic The recorder maintains an internal pointer to the end of archived data and will automatically start recording the next inserted medium from where the previous medium left off This pointer may be overridden For instructions see Section 4 4 18 Setting Current Archive Time on page 125 In recorders with two or more archive drives there are two modes of archiving sequential and parallel Sequential archiving simply means that when a medium is full the recorder will check the next drive and if it has a formatted and blank medium installed it will start recording on that medium With the parallel archiving mode selected if a recorder has blank formatted media in both drives EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 4 Recorder Operation 115 and archiving is begun the same data will be recorded on both media In recorders with a single archive drive the setting has no effect In cases where immediate archiving is critical there is a feature called Failsafe archiving This provides for transferring archive recording to a second redundant recorder in case there s a problem with an archive medium or drive in
145. email notifications Send Test Email Packet Capture Email Server Configuration VR 725 SN70000596 RW 1 In the left pane choose Logs and Alerts when the Logs and Alerts tree expands choose Email Server In the right pane check the Enable Email Notifications checkbox Add the necessary information for your SMTP server At a minimum enter the IP Address of the SMTP server under SMTP Host a fF UN Usually the Send From field will require an email address of an account on the SMTP server in the form of name domain com 6 Some servers require sender authentication so the Login Name and Login Password fields may need valid entries 7 SMTP Port is usually 25 Make sure your SMTP server is bound to a different port before changing 8 Some SMTP Servers will require a Local Machine Name The recorder s name is Eventide Enter something that looks like Eventide yourdomainhere com But leave it blank unless it is required Do not put an symbol in this box this will cause an error 9 The Force TLS checkbox is usually left unchecked if your SMTP server requires an encrypted TLS connection check this box 10 The Reply To and Send Error To fields are usually not required but can be filled out if desired in the form name domain com 11 Click the Apply button 208 Appendix Alert Configuration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EL 12 Test your settings with the Send Test Email button If it
146. en cceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeteaeeeeees 133 Figure 14 Login and Logout ie 134 Figure 15 Recorder Configuration Menu cccccccceceeseeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeseceeeeenaaeeeenaaaeeeseaaaeeeeeeeeeaaenens 136 Figure 16 Miscellaneous Configuration Screen EEN 137 E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Contents ix Figure 17 Call Suppression Screen E 139 Figure 18 User Accounts Screen EE 141 Figure 19 User Administration Screen get ESEASESReE deet ANEREN 142 Figure 20 User Information Screen Modify ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseaaeeeeeseaaeeeeeecneeeeneeeeeenees 143 Figure 21 Analog Board Configuration Wimdow ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeteaeeeeeeenaaeeeene 145 Figure 22 M Audio Board Configuration Wimdow 148 Figure 23 Keen ee En DEE 149 Figure 24 Ai Logix NGX Board Configuration WINKOW AAA 149 Figure 25 E1 T1 Board Configuration Wi EE 150 Figure 26 Alerts Screen eegene EE Aten dmatengineeuiaicngiest 152 Figure 27 Alerts History Screen E 154 Fig re 28 Statisties SRT E 155 Figure 29 Email Server Configuration SCreem e ccecsccceeeceecseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeseeneesneeeeseeeaeeneeeeeesaes 156 Figure 30 Configuration Files CT ics ccescnsanctdccstyssstesentiscs tess edeaiearedeattdeaediccatoarg Heesanien mente 158 Figure 31 Custom Fields Sere ei vss ac ccctiscdeess canis caus condecnactatencadenvswes excess sncassSconigaadtanbineseactecdemeuaseeuace
147. en or Mouse To select a board click the board number To select a cell click on the cell Use the horizontal scrollbar to bring the cell onto the screen if necessary The available settings to view or adjust are Type The field is not editable it displays the type of board installed Tapping Type The field is not editable it displays the type of signal that can be tapped with the board Encoding The field is editable and sets the encoding algorithm for all of the channels on the board For more information see Topic Choosing an Encoding Algorithm on page 66 To set the encoding algorithm 1 Select the board you want to adjust 2 Select the Encoding entry you want to adjust by turning the scroll wheel Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 65 Press the scroll wheel or click on the up down arrows to change the setting 3 4 To move horizontally to view other cells in the row turn the scroll wheel 5 To move vertically to select another row press Select Row 6 To exit the screen press OK Driver ID A unique identifier for the board for internal use Not editable Num Channels The number of recording channels available on the board Not editable Recorder Start Channel This parameter is reserved and should not be changed It displays the first channel number for the block of channels assigned to this board at the factory System Start Cha
148. entered correctly the first time should not be change 3 When all changes are complete click OK to save click Cancel to abort the process and leave the values unchanged 5 19 3 Deleting an Existing Workstation To delete an existing workstation 176 Cnap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B 1 From the Workstation main screen select a workstation location you would like to remove and click Delete The following confirmation screen displays Delete workstation x 4re you sure you want to delete the following workstation Name WS One Mac address 01 02 03 04 05 06 Yes No 2 Click Yes to permanently delete the selected workstation click No to cancel the action 5 19 4 Final Workstation Configuration Metadata Tagging Finally to complete workstation setup you must create a new metadata field called user_id This field is automatically populated by the caller ID value associated with an incoming call to a workstation and is stored in the system s metadata tables Note You must have read write authority to complete this process To complete the workstation configuration 1 Go to the Metadata Fields option beneath the Logs and Events directory tree and click Add to launch the User Defined Metadata window see the following screen Recorders GIVR 615 SN639000001 Hyacinth Miscellaneous Call Suppression User Accounts jBoards and Channels Loos and
149. entide 9021 Analog continuity check error on channel lt 110 gt No action required 9022 Analog continuity number not being updated channel lt 110 gt Contact Eventide 214 Appendix Alert Configuration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B 9023 lt 110 gt lt 111 gt has not been heard from in lt 112 gt seconds The recorder may not be recording Contact Eventide 9024 Analog input Board lt 110 gt has malfunctioned and has been disabled Contact Eventide EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix Alert Configuration 215 216 Appendix Alert Configuration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EL Appendix J Recording VoIP or RolP Calls Introduction This topic describes information related to recording Real time Transport Protocol RTP data including the following e Voice Over Internet Protocol VoIP calls e Radio Over Internet Protocol RoIP calls v19 Note Although documented in this publication Resident VoIP and RoIP features are not intended for general availability they are available only for manufacturer approved installations Atlas Recorders support both VoIP and RolP but this topic mainly describes VoIP However because RolP is similar to VoIP much of the information applies equally to both Rol is supported using the Resident VoIP RTP feature on Atlas Recorders whereas VoIP is supported using
150. enu Options EEN 179 5 22 14 File EE 179 9 22 2 VIW 2170 eee eee ee Sn anan aa eee ee ee 180 5 22 39 Help E EE 181 Appendix A Recorder Software Installation and Upgrade ssssssensssnnssunnnounnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn 183 Why Re installation May Be Necessary wissceccncccizccesssacencsete endsesnd ceanenmeneateaeeibicceeneettuand tuaceeeenmanieneess 183 Why Upgrades May Be Necessary or Desirable ccccccseeeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeneeeennees 183 The Software Upgrade Installation Process AAA 184 Some Details Especially About Installston AEN 184 Restoring Archives When Installing New Software sesssssnnssssrsneesenerrssrrrnsrrrnnnrrrnrrnssrnnnernnnnnennne 185 Re 185 Appendix B PBX and Digital Telephony Hardware Information cccccccsesseseeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeeeeeees 187 Appendix C Connection Information for the HiFi Recording Board ccsseeesseesseeesesenneeees 189 Appendix D Optional General Purpose Input Output GPIO Boards eccceesseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 191 National Instruments PCI 6503 Board 24 Channel cceeceeeeee eset eesneeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeneeeneneee 191 National Instruments PCI 6527 Board 48 Channel 0ceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeesnee teense eeneeeeeneeeereeeneneee 192 Appendix E NIST Time Servere acaccessccecceccsccesseetscsctsecnanceestasceetetacanacetaesadecceneesnenenensnenentnannnteentaccenics 195 Appendix F Eventide VR778 or VR725 with DDS 4
151. er Configuration s Archiving Archive Drives pane select E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 171 the drive you wish to archive to and start archiving The calls archived in this way are stored on the destination Atlas Recorder just like any other call and are subject to the same limits on number of calls and data retention as calls recorded locally for long term archiving these calls should be further archived to DVD RAM or NET drives 5 14 Configuring Additional NET Drives More NET drives can be configured via Recorder Configuration Configuring additional NET drives will require an additional license To configure an additional NET drive 1 Go to Archiving Archive Drives 2 Click the Create Drive key 3 Select Network Attached Storage and click OK 4 Enter the host name and share name of the network archive and any other necessary parameters 5 15 Centralized Archive Failsafe Configuration Note Use of the optional Centralized Archive Failsafe feature requires an add on software license key Do the following to set up the Centralized Archive Failsafe feature 1 The Centralized Archive Failsafe pair must be connected to identical call inputs 2 Set up a Centralized Archiving drive on each recorder in the pair These should point at the same destination recorder and must be given exactly the same name but this name must also be unique to this pair and not given
152. er for archiving Not checking it causes the secondary to take over only in the case of an archiving failure in the primary See Section 3 4 9 Archive Failsafe Behavior on page 60 Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 59 3 4 8 Enable Disable Archive Failsafe Login Setup Jul 27 2005 17 30 11 UTC Disable Cancel See Section 3 4 7 Archive Failsafe Server on page 59 3 4 9 Archive Failsafe Behavior Info Recall Jul 27 2005 17 30 29 UTC Disable Cancel See Section 3 4 7 Archive Failsafe Server on page 59 3 5 SETUP Network Archive The recorder is able to archive not only to its own internal drives and removable media it can also use network attached storage NAS on a typical Microsoft Windows network for archiving 60 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Dec 14 2006 17 01 14 UTC Login Setup Info System Info kig Network Archive Enable Disable Network Archive Hostname Share Name Workgroup Username Password Set Current Network Archive Time Recordin Ze we sec Note The Hostname and Share Name must configured for network archiving to be enabled 3 5 1 Enable Disable Network Archive Check to enable or uncheck to disable the Network Archive feature 3 5 2 Hostname Setup Info Recall Jul 27 2005 19 30 26 UTC Archive failsafe server Enable disable archive failsafe Archive fails
153. erate with a VoIP Gateway this entry already exists You will however be required to change the IP address to the one that you have assigned to the gateway on your network When all changes are made to the file go to the File menu and click Apply Shutdown and restart the recorder for the changes to take effect After restarting launch Recorder Configuration again to edit the configuration file for that specific gateway Appendix J Recording VoIP or RolP Calls 225 226 2 Recorder Config File View Help Config Items Recorders VR 725 SN70000594 Miscellaneous Call Suppression User Accounts Boards and Channels Logs and Alerts Configuration Files Custom Fields Scheduled Recording Workstations Client Activity Archiving Clustering Packet Capture Files Custom Script Source File Custom Script Configuration File Metadata Integration Configuration Remote Gateway and Virtual Board Configu Remote Gateway and Virtual Board Confiqu cfg file for remote gateway at 192 168 2 99 SNMP Configuration File SNMP Trap Actions si Configuration files for VR 725 SN70000594 Appendix J Recording VoIP or RolP Calls Figure 51 Configuration File for Remote VoIP Gateway Debug LogFilePath C LogFiles DebugFlag 65487 DebugOutput 1 ApiSettings ApiStartService DSC Server ChannelslnitValue 12336 BoardSerialHigh 618 BoardSeriallow 336 BoardType 28 BoardCustomer 5082 WarningLevel 80 Warning
154. erity parameter for analog boards p 168 e Atlas Administrative Client Configuration Files Added SNMP Trap Actions configuration parameter UPS shutdown p 183 Many other improvements including e Setup System Info Updated License Key information and list of optional features that require add on license key pp 58 61 62 e Setup System Shutdown Rewrote shutdown procedure to clarify pp 126 29 e Atlas Administrative Client Call Suppression Rewrote to clarify pp 161 63 e Atlas Administrative Client Configuration Files Added information on Metadata Integration Configuration File p 182 e Appendix 4 Updated GPIO board information including existing 48 channel board pp 215 17 e Appendix 9 Alert Configuration Updated message configuration options added table describing Alert Severity Levels and added severity level to Alert Messages table pp 229 42 September 6 2007 Part Number SW Description 141078 v1 7 0 Atlas Series Audio Logging and Archiving System Atlas Series Server v1 7 User Manual published September 6 2007 New features for v1 7 0 e Setup Utilities Archive Restore Added section on Period Transfer p 121 e Atlas Administrative Client Board Configuration Added Channel Groups configuration pp 171 72 e Atlas Administrative Client Custom Fields Changed name of user definable database fields from Metadata Fields to Custom Fields p 178
155. es to configure alert notification First enable email notification for the desired user accounts This can be done only from the Recorder Configuration program and not from the front panel Users who are enabled to receive email notification will receive ALL of the emailed alerts 1 Run Recorder Config and log into the recorder 2 In the left pane choose Users 3 After a list of users appears choose a user and select Modify A window should pop up allowing you to edit the user settings E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix I Alert Configuration 205 E Recorder Config File View Help Config Items Recorders VP 725 SN70000594 Blue SVR 615 SN60000252 Miscellaneous Call Suppression User Accounts H Boards and Channels Logs and Alerts Configuration Files Custom Fields Scheduled Recording Workstations Client Activity Archiving Clustering Packet Capture Recorder Config In the Email Notification section check the box labeled Enable and type in the user s email address Hit OK to close the Modify window Repeat for other users that should receive email notifications 7 Hit Apply button Second configure the display and email settings for each of the available alerts 1 In the Recorder Config left pane select Logs and Alerts then select Alerts A list of available alerts will appear in the right pane 206 Appendix l Alert Configuration Atlas Recorder User Manual
156. et through the recorder front panel using Setup gt Recording gt Max of Calls in DB Limit Segment Length Check this box and enter a number for the Maximum minutes per segment This sets the maximum time limit for any continuous recording When recording continuously it is possible for a single recording to last up to the maximum time of 12 hours so it is sometimes useful to limit recordings to a shorter period by specifying a maximum segment length in minutes The valid range for the length is from 1 minute to 720 minutes 12 hours A setting of 1 the default value means the feature is disabled When a recording reaches the limit it splits into a new recording with no gap or missing data between This parameter can also be set through the recorder front panel using Setup gt Recording gt Audio Segment Length Re use limit for cached call metadata If a call does not have metadata assigned but the previous call did the system will pull forward re use the metadata from the previous call and attach the metadata to both calls The system will continue to re use this metadata for subsequent calls without metadata for the number of times entered in the box Once the limit has been reached the system will no longer continue to do this Entering zero will cause the system to not re use any metadata from a previous call Restart Front Panel If the front panel of the recorder becomes unresponsive clicking this button allows you to rest
157. etermines whether records are played in sequence by time recorded or if records in the playlist are played progressively by time Calls that occur simultaneously or with any time overlap play back concurrently VariSpeed Scrub This option allows you to play back a selected record from the playlist at different speeds Rotate the control knob to the left to slow down playback rotate it to the right to speed it up Note that playback speed is not an attribute that is saved with the playlist 9 When all attributes for the playlist are defined press the More soft key to proceed 10 A new set of Soft key values displays Click Save to save this custom playlist Login If Setup If into Recai Dec 13 2006 23 45 55 UTC Playlist UNSAVED multitrack skip silence not shared Ce tte ban 2006 12 1 53 UTC 2006 12 13 23 34 53 UTC 2006 12 13 23 34 53 UTC Chap 2 Recorder Setup Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 11 From this screen use the Backspace soft key to delete the default playlist title Unnamed Playlist and enter your own Use the forward and backward arrow soft keys to position the cursor to insert a character 12 When finished click Done your playlist is displayed with all others when you click the Show Lists soft key from the opening RECALL screen Loan Ee oo Recall Dec 13 2006 23 51 05 UTC skip sence te Unnamed incident 5 No test_playlist 3 Rename Delete More 13 Press the respective soft key t
158. evice interfaces and for management control of devices on a managed TCP IP network raw MIB data requires interpretation by a management application SNMPv2 MIB RFC3418 Provides standard SNMPv2 information including system name location description contact and uptime IP MIB RFC4293 Provides information for monitoring and management of Internet Protocol version 4 within the managed entity TCP MIB RFC4022 Provides information for monitoring and management of the Transmission Control Protocol within the managed entity 160 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ UDP MIB RFC4113 Provides information for monitoring and management of the User Datagram Protocol within the managed entity HOST RESOURCES MIB RFC2790 Provides information for monitoring and management of the host recorder IF MIB RFC2863 Provides information for monitoring and management of network interfaces within the managed entity RDBMS MIB RFC1697 Provides information for monitoring and management of relational database implementations DISMAN EVENT MIB RFC2981 Defines event triggers and actions for network management NOTIFICATION LOG MIB RFC3413 Provides a common local logging infrastructure for other MIBs intended primarily for senders of notifications but can be used by receivers 5 10 Custom Fields Figure 31 Custom Fields Screen Recorder Config File View Help Con
159. f the upper cable connector is the Time Source input COM2 and four telephone board connectors 1 left through 4 right 2 3 Bench Test Before installing the unit you may want to run a brief bench test especially if you are unfamiliar with Eventide Atlas Recorders The following steps are just one suggested bench test which you can modify as you wish If you change settings note the defaults first and set them back to the defaults after you complete the test 1 Plug in the provided line cord s to the appropriate line voltage Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 19 20 2 Turn and hold the key for 1 second and release it VR725 unlock the door and hold the switch for 1 second The boot process will start and diagnostic messages will scroll by on the front panel screen or monitor After several minutes the screen will show the INFO display one of three top level displays The others are SETUP and RECALL accessed by the mode keys Info Recall Jul 09 2004 03 19 21 AMST r Drive Status Sequential mode DVD RAM Idle unformatted media DVD RAM No disk DVD RAM No disk r Channel Status BRERERERERERERREREE EE 16 Monitor Place a new archive medium in the archive drive The associated Drive Status indicator will change from No disk to Unformatted media There is no need to format it now It is better to wait until you are actually ready to start archivin
160. former reduces file size the latter provides better audio quality e Stereo Mono Channel Assignments Select here whether channels will deliver stereo or mono output Each 8 channel board appears as only four channels on the display as the channels are configured in pairs stereo Al Logix NGX Configuration The Recorder Configuration program supports operation with the AI Logix NGX digital PBX board To view its settings and attributes from the Board Configuration screen select the board in the right display area and click Edit Selection 148 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 E2 Figure 23 Board Configuration Screen Tapping Type Encoding Ben Channels Beete Se 17r rS GSM 0 1 1 13KBPS GSM 17 17 3 The following screen displays Figure 24 Ai Logix NGX Board Configuration Window S Ai Logix NGX Board Configuration 13KBPS GSM KE K mu Law a EC Descriptions follow for each area of the screen Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 149 e Recorder Start Channel This parameter is reserved and should not be changed It displays the first channel number for the block of channels assigned to this board at the factory e System Start Channel This parameter is reserved and should not be changed It displays the first channel number for the block of channels assigned to this board at the factor
161. g You will learn more about archiving later in the manual Eject the disk by selecting its drive and pressing the Eject soft key The Channel Status section tells you which channels the recorder recognizes as ready for recording If you ordered a 16 channel unit whether analog only digital only or a combination you should see 16 green steady indicators Likewise for 24 channels 32 channels and so on This is a good time to make sure you see the expected number of channels Press the RECALL button No calls are listed at this point When calls are recorded they will be listed as seen in the following figure and may be played back Chap 2 Recorder Setup Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Recall J121 2004 16 22 11 ED cherret start tine Duration 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 56 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 56 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 56 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 53 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 58 Filters fevlist Columns 6 Select SETUP and scroll through the items Try the following exercises Note Each exercise can be performed by selecting the menu item shown in parentheses Read the default IP address and net mask of the recorder IP Address Change the IP address IP Address What time zone is the recorder set to Change it to your local time zone you can change it
162. g a configuration file could interfere with the operation of the recorder Do not modify custom script source files Any change to a custom script will invalidate its license and prevent the script from functioning thereby interfering with the intended operation of the recorder system When you re finished click Apply and all changes will be saved to the file 5 9 1 Configuration File Types The following types of configuration text files are supported e Custom Script Source File This type of file contains purpose built code that has been designed to meet customer or site specific requirements Eventide 158 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Ey professional services offers this customized add on code via scripting in the file The scripting capability is extremely powerful and flexible and can serve many purposes It can provide additional functionality through integration with an external database CTI server or Computer Aided Dispatch system Use of this feature requires an additional software license key which is embedded at the top of the file When the file contains customized code it must not be modified in any way otherwise it invalidates the license and prevents the script from functioning By default all installations will contain a minimal script as a place holder which does not contain an embedded license key But to avoid unnecessary script alerts do not modify this default
163. g anyway so can it hurt to be up to date If you do a new installation you will have to reconfigure the recorder in accordance with the Setup instructions This is greatly simplified by the Read Write Configuration to Archive feature Please read the information in SETUP carefully before you start the installation After an installation check the 184 Appendix A Recorder Software Installation and Upgrade Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ Serial Number displayed in the SETUP mode display If it is zero or not set change it to match the serial number on the label on the rear panel If you upgrade the recorder be sure to read the release notes or other information to see if there are any new SETUP items that must be configured Restoring Archives When Installing New Software In the Archiving section of the SETUP mode there is a menu item Archive restore If you insert previously recorded archive media into one or more drives it will allow you to select that drive with the knob and perform a restore operation i e copy the calls from that medium back to RAID Several checks are performed before the medium is transferred e Does the serial number of the recorder that recorded the archive medium agree with that of the destination recorder e Are the channel names of the recorder the same as the destination e Does the format of the data on the archive conform to that of the destination e Is there any problem with or dama
164. gain full functionality when a valid license key is entered Some functionality of the Recorder has been suspended until a valid license key is entered Please contact Eventide for a valid license key 54 The recorder has recorded calls that are later than the current recorder time These calls will not get archived and may cause problems when you attempt to display them Check the system clock and time zone Contact Eventide for further information 1002 A call failed to be recorded on the recorder the call start time was lt 110 gt Verify if a call record exists If it does attempt playback If no audio contact Eventide 1003 Calls are being removed from the hard disc without ever having being archived the calls currently being deleted started on lt 110 gt Start archiving immediately 1004 The hard disc is full normal operations are continuing and the oldest call on the recorder will now be deleted to make room for new calls the first call deleted on this recorder started at lt 110 gt No action required However be aware that calls cannot be recovered once they are deleted Make sure your archives are up to date 210 Appendix l Alert Configuration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B 1005 A small amount of data may have been lost from channel lt 110 gt on the call that at lt 111 gt This data loss my not be noticeable Play back the call in
165. ge as do the recorder start channels Contact an Eventide representative before you change the settings on this screen VoIP Gateway Configuration To change the configuration select the VoIP proxy board and click Edit 150 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 2 Remote Gateway Configuration IX r Compression Algorithm 13KBPS GSM OK Cancel Select the Compression Algorithm from the drop down list Options include 13 KBPS GSM 16 KBPS ADPCM 32 KBPS ADPCM and 64 KBPS mu law When finished click OK For more information on Remote Gateway Configuration see Appendix J Recording VolP or RolP Calls on page 217 5 7 Channel Groups To set up channel groups do the following 1 Log into the recorder you wish to configure 2 Go to Boards and Channels Channel Groups 3 Ifthere are currently no channel groups click Add Group enter a name and click OK It will automatically be selected 4 Select channel names that you want to add to this group Ctrl click to select or deselect multiple non consecutive channel names shift click to select consecutive channel names 5 Click the right arrow to add the selected channels to the group 6 To delete channels select them from the right hand column and click the left arrow 5 7 1 Channel Names The naming of channels on each recorder in your installation is especially important when using features such as
166. ge to the archive medium data to be transferred e Are any of these calls duplicates of calls already on the recorder e User confirmation Are you sure you want to go ahead with the transfer If none of these apply to the medium or if you indicated that you wish to proceed anyway the archive transfer will commence All drives operate independently You can restore archive media in all available drives or you can even record archives on one medium while restoring from another Important 1 The restoration process cannot continue once the RAID is full so unless you have a special reason for doing otherwise always restore from the most recent archive backwards 2 Ifyou are restoring archives after a new installation use the Set current archive time facility to make sure that new archives are only recorded from the present forward If you don t set this and begin new archiving after you have restored your archives from a previous installation you might find yourself re archiving the restored archives 3 When you are finished restoring your archives be sure to restore the metadata archive disk as well Potential Issues For the most part the process is automated At least for an upgrade beyond inserting removing the disk removing applying power and exhibiting patience there is little for you to do EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix A Recorder Software Installation and Upgrade 185 186 Note Appendix
167. guration program 3 Go to Archiving Archive Drives pane 4 Select the drive that you want to archive to 5 Click the Period Archive button 6 Enter the start and stop times that you want to archive 7 Click OK the recorder will begin archiving this period to the drive To combine this feature with Channel Groups be sure to set and apply the channel group you wish to archive from before starting the period archive 5 18 Call Source Tracking CST Call Source Tracking is an option that prevents calls from being left out of archives Because of the inherent nature of the technology involved Atlas Recorders do not always receive calls from VoIP and Centralized Archiving sources in real time They can under certain conditions end up receiving calls hours or even days after they were originally recorded This can have a significant impact on archiving Take the following scenario for example e A busy Atlas Recorder with both local input board sources and VoIP channels e The archive pointer on a DVD RAM drive is set to current time e Calls are currently coming in on the local input channels e Due to temporary but severe network congestion the VoIP Gateway has buffered an hour s worth of calls which is just now transferring to the Atlas Recorder E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 173 Starting to archive calls to this DVD RAM drive would leave the hour of VoIP calls un
168. h the installation is being performed Use the following procedure to install the software 8 2 Insert the CD and click on the vrSeriesClients icon Read the instructions in the window When you are asked about limited user accounts click No if you do not want to install the software for users with limited user accounts or click Yes if you do want to install the software for users with limited user accounts EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 131 132 9 for limited user accounts Follow the instructions in the window for creating the user group and adding users to it and restart the installation When you are asked about limited user accounts click No since you have already created the group Read and agree to the License Agreement Select which programs to install or if programs are already installed on the computer select Upgrade Eventide recommends installing the Recorder Configuration program administration client only on computers of people authorized to perform administration of the recorder functions Click Next and accept the default directory for installation unless there is a good reason for doing otherwise Click Install A window will appear showing progress During the installation a window asking about permissions will appear Click Yes if you are installing the software for users with limited user accounts Otherwise click No When the insta
169. hard drive This defines how long data is retained on the recorder s hard drive For example if you set the maximum days to 60 then calls over 60 days old will be deleted The deletion does not occur immediately calls start to be deleted after midnight of the next day If you do not check this box calls will be kept for as long as disk space remains This feature is disabled by default This parameter can also be set through the recorder front panel using Setup gt Recording gt Delete Calls After N Days Preserve history after deletion Check this box to retain the call record information for calls that are deleted The call record information includes the call start time call duration caller ID DTMF and custom fields data information Not checking this box deletes both the recording and the call record information This parameter can also be set through the recorder front panel using Setup gt Recording gt Delete Calls After N Days Note Once the disk is full both the call and call record information starting with the oldest calls will be deleted regardless of the setting Maximum number of database call records You may designate the maximum number of calls stored in the database The default is 2 000 000 After the maximum number of call records is reached the oldest calls will start to be deleted Deletion will not occur immediately calls start to be deleted after midnight of the following day This parameter can also be s
170. have been generated on the recorder for a selected period of time from 1 to 365 days To save a listing as an ASCII text file select the entries you d like to save click Export Selected enter a name for the file and click Save Figure 27 Alerts History Screen Recorder Config File View Help Config Items Recorders Gees See Alertcode Date Time UTC Description Miscellaneous 1 DE 2009 04 14 19 54 2 Resolved The process litbNetworkProxy has malfunctioned on recorder YR 778 SN90000098 The syster Call Suppression 2009 04 14 19 54 2 Resolved Configured Feature Add on Num Desktop Channels exceeds the capabilities licensed User Accounts ical 2009 04 14 19 54 1 Resolved The process ljConfigT ask has malfunctioned on recorder VR 778 SN90000098 Secondary syst Boards and Ch SE Sc 2009 04 14 16 13 5 Resolved Configured Feature Add on Num Desktop Channels exceeds the capabilities licensed GlLogs and Alerts Alerts 2003 04 13 22 04 34 Resolved Configured Feature Add on Num Desktop Channels exceeds the capabilities licensed 2009 04 13 20 45 3 Resolved Configured Feature Add on Num Desktop Channels exceeds the capabilities licensed Statistics Email Server Configuration Files Custom Fields Scheduled Recor Workstations Client Activity Archiving Clustering Packet Capture VR 725 SN7000059 Showlast 11da Refresh 1 of Grows selected Export Selected VR Series Alerts Log Viewer VR 778 SN9O000098 RW Cha
171. he process lt 110 gt has malfunctioned on No Action Required if the alert only happens recorder lt 1 gt No data loss or user occasionally intervention is expected 10 3 The process lt 110 gt has malfunctioned on No Action Required if the alert only happens recorder lt 1 gt Secondary systems may occasionally temporarily behave unexpectedly No data loss or user intervention is expected 11 3 The process lt 110 gt has malfunctioned on Verify that the expected number of calls for the recorder lt 1 gt The system is attempting to past few days is recorded on the RAID Do the recover Possible loss of recent data has same for the current archive medium occurred 14 1 Recorder was not properly shut down This This alert displays when the system comes can cause serious loss of data back online from a hard power off In most cases no action is required 15 1 Recorder Shutdown No action required The recorder has been shut down normally This message does not appear after a forced shutdown E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix l Alert Configuration 209 16 An error occurred while shutting down the system Current archived data may be damaged Verify that the current archive medium can be browsed and played 18 The system has detected a time change on the recorder The time has changed from lt 110 gt to lt 111 gt in the elapsed time of lt 112 gt seconds This may be n
172. he upgrade the gateway must be restarted Before beginning the upgrade make sure that the system is not in use and all archiving is up to date Upgrade the VoIP Gateway as follows 1 Load the CD ROM containing the software upgrade 2 Click on Start gt Run The Run dialog is displayed allowing you to enter the name of a program to open E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix J Recording VoIP or Bop Calls 229 3 Type d upgrade bat and press Enter The upgrade program displays messages in a command window as it upgrades the software Then a prompt similar to the following is displayed Enter PBX Type ALCATEL AVAYA CISCO ERICSSON H323 MITEL NEC NORTEL SIEMENS SELTA SIP or VOX 4 Type the name of the PBX manufacturer as displayed in the list and press Enter After a brief wait the Firmware Update window displays similar to the following Parrot DSC API Flash Programmer 1 0 29 File About Configuration file s Boards in system Current configuration Do update Status PCI Mod Short VoIP Standard QQ voip_lic_mod_pciO3 X 80 VoIP DLL Standard sip_voip_09 x wi Start updating board configurations 5 Use the information in this window to determine whether the VoIP Gateway firmware needs to be upgraded as follows For the board listed as Type PCI Mod Short VoIP and only this board the Current Configuration column must show voip_lic_ mod_pci_03 which is the latest ver
173. hen be manually written on the disk For more information see Section 2 4 15 Connecting a Label Printer on page 29 3 4 4 Enable Disable Label Printing Note Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Info Recall Jul 27 2005 17 22 33 UTC Enable Cancel This feature applies only to the recorder based label printers For client based label printers see the Eventide MediaWorks documentation See also Section 2 4 15 Connecting a Label Printer on page 29 for more information Checking the Print to label printer box causes a label to be printed each time an archive medium is completed If enabled the optional recorder based label printer must be connected and powered up or error messages will appear warning you that the operation has failed Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 3 4 5 Resume Archiving on Startup Setup Info Recall Jul 27 2005 17 22 48 UTC Disable Cancel If Resume archiving is enabled then a recorder that is turned off while an archive medium is being recorded will automatically continue recording that archive from where it left off when the recorder is restarted If it isn t enabled then any archive media in the recorder when power is applied will appear as they would if they were simply inserted in the drive 3 4 6 Set Current Archive Time Info Recall Jul 27 2005 17 23 07 UTC Mo1 1989 00 00 00 Cancel When you start archiving the first call to be archi
174. ick OK To log in as read only deselect the Read Write box that appears checked as a default The selected recorders will be displayed with their respective Available and Logged In boxes checked e Ifyou enter an invalid password or invalid user name or both you will get a message saying the user name and or password are invalid For security reasons it does not say which is invalid e Ifyou log in to a recorder that was connected but is now off line you will receive a Login Failed message e If you log in to a recorder that has been connected to in read write mode by another program or is in the SETUP mode at the front panel a message displays indicating that you are restricted to read only mode The following screens illustrate the login process and some typical messages associated with login and logout Figure 14 Login and Logout Windows Recorder Login Window Successful Login Message Recorder Config Login 3 Eventide Recorder Config Al Login successful in READ WRITE mode OK Read wite Cancel Read Only Access Message Automatic Logout Message Eventide Recorder Config Recorder Config i Login successful in READ ONLY mode You will be automatically logged out i in 30 seconds due to inactivity IC EI OK Log Out Don t Log Out Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 To prevent one administrator from locking out others
175. iguration 136 monitor live 128 mono 148 N name channel 151 name facility 137 name recorder 137 NAS 170 172 National Instruments GPIO board 191 NET drive 170 172 net mask 89 network archive 60 archive set time 64 connection 28 DNS servers 92 gateway 91 interface card NIC 88 90 interface card NIC bonding 91 management SNMP 160 settings 88 VoIP requirements 218 network time protocol NTP 94 NGX boards 74 notch filter 147 notification alert 153 205 206 208 E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 email 156 number of boards 47 O Ogg Vorbis compression 147 189 P packet capture 179 parallel archive 118 170 PBX boards 144 compatibility 187 information 187 NT TE 74 type 150 period archive 169 173 period transfer 103 pin assignments Eventide analog board 203 M Audio HiFi board 189 NI PCI 6503 GPIO board 191 192 playback call 114 front panel 33 loop 115 playlist recall screen 40 preserve history after deletion 138 prevent recording 139 print activity reports 179 printer See label printer amp label printing privacy do not record 139 professional services 7 protect archive 124 protect recordings 137 Q quick install kit 27 cables 203 R rack mount 24 radio ID 147 RAID 109 status 49 RAM 47 read configuration from archive 101 read metadata from archive 105 Recall screen 32 record enable 69 reco
176. ing Clustering Packet Capture lt gt Resident RTP VOIP Configuration lt file retrieved gt Configuration files For R 725 SN70000596 WR 725 SN7O000596 RW Current 2 Create the configuration file by entering the configuration file information in the right hand box of the Recorder Configuration screen Note Contact Eventide for assistance in creating the Resident RTP VOIP Configuration file Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix J Recording VoIP or RoIP Calls 221 For diagnostic tools see Topic Other Network Diagnostics Tools on page 229 The Eventide VoIP Gateway The following information describes the Eventide VoIP Gateway The Eventide VoIP Gateway is a separate rack mounted unit that passively captures VoIP data from the VoIP phone sets on the network and interfaces with the Atlas Recorder via the LAN The gateway serves as an intermediary between the network and the recorder In the event your recorder installation requires more than the 96 channels supported by a single VoIP Gateway or if you wish to tap the VoIP system from different locations Atlas Recorders can support more than one VoIP Gateway Tapping is the term used for creating permanent access ports for network monitoring Eventide VoIP Gateway Topology The following figure shows an example of the network topology for an Eventide VoIP Gateway implementation 222 Appendix J Recording VoIP or RolP Calls Atlas Recor
177. ion Enabling this feature forces the recorder to use an authentication algorithm for outgoing email Disabling it permits the email client to send unauthenticated email if the SMTP server doesn t provide for authentication 3 8 11 Send Test Email Login Setup Info Recall Jul 28 2005 00 15 04 UTC Enable Disable Emails SMTP Server SMTP Port Local Hostname SMTP Username SMTP Reply To Address SMTP Errors To Address Force TLS Encryption Network Settings Clock Utilities System Shutdown Select Send Test Email Sends a test email to all of the users who have administered email addresses Eventide recommends you use this feature to check your settings and connectivity Once the test email has been sent you can confirm that it has gone out by checking the recorder Alarm Log for a list of recipients and of course by checking with the recipients as to whether they received it Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 87 88 3 9 SETUP Network Settings If desired the Atlas Recorder can connect to a TCP IP based Ethernet network The recorder includes a 10 100 Mbit second twisted pair network interface It is not strictly necessary to connect the recorder to a data network However a networked recorder provides advantages For instance you will be able to use the optional remote clients for administration viewing and playing recorded calls monitoring and other fun
178. ip the disk to Side B After the bottom disk Side A is full the recording will continue on the top drive Side B and so on Login Setup Info Recall Jul 09 2004 03 30 14 AMST Drive Status Sequential mode DVD RAM I Recording 2004 06 23 05 19 22 130 calls DVD RAM Idle blank media Ready 1 DVD RAM Idle blank media Ready 2 r Channel Status WR SS SR RR Rb bb bk E 16 Format Stop Archiving Parallel mode means that archiving will not continue automatically on the next available drive Instead you can begin recording on the top drive and on the middle drive simultaneously and the bottom drive if you wish and all drives will record the same data This mode uses more disks but provides redundancy Note You can control user access to archive drives through the User Accounts feature Modify user Details button under Groups To set the archiving mode 1 Press Setup 2 Scroll to and select Archive 3 Scroll to and select Archiving Type 4 Select Sequential or Parallel 5 Press OK 4 4 4 DVD RAM Drive Operation The INFO screen is the primary user interface for archiving 118 Chap 4 Recorder Operation Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 E2 The top half shows the current status of your archiving drive or drives The Drive Status will say either Sequential mode or Parallel mode Each archive drive will have an individual status indicator that looks like
179. irst created will be displayed for all calls on the archive even calls that were recorded with a newer channel name Therefore if you wish to associate the old channel name with the calls that were recorded when the old channel name was in use and only with those calls then archive the calls on a blank disk before you change the channel name and do not append more calls to this disk later on after the change When you browse the archive you will see the old channel names associated with the appropriate calls Figure 12 Channel Configuration Screen Login Setup Info Recall Jul 27 2005 22 23 27 UTC Num Name Record AGC Beep Detect VOX Thrsh VOX Ho gt Vox Beep S im Beep BER Num Not editable The channels are numbered consecutively starting from the first physical channel of the input board in the lowest numbered slot So Row Number 1 of the screen is always associated with that physical input channel Name Editable with an attached or on screen keyboard Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 The Channel Configuration screen is the only place where the channel name is visible on the front panel When you browse calls you will only see the channel number 1 2 The channel names are visible when you browse calls with the Eventide Remote Call Browser client The channel name can be up to 32 characters It can identify the signal source for each input channel Telephone number radio station call letters
180. is selected the following parameter fields are displayed Rom Never 04 22 2009 10 00 00PM 04 23 2009 06 00004M One Time recordings use the same activation expiration and date time parameters as the other types but do not require any other parameters 168 Cep 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 In the example above recording will begin at 10 pm of the selected date and end at 6 AM on the following day 5 11 3 Modifying an Existing Schedule To modify an existing schedule select the schedule in the Schedules box and the schedule is displayed in the right side of the screen You can now modify any settings for this schedule When finished click Apply to save the modified schedule 5 11 4 Deleting a Schedule To delete an existing schedule select the schedule in the Schedules box and click the Delete button You are asked to confirm the deletion Click Yes to proceed or No to cancel the deletion 5 12 Archiving Archive Drives Figure 36 Archiving DVD RAM View Recorder Config DER File View Help Config Items SRecorders Archive Drives SVR 615 SN69000001 Hyacinth Type Status Archive Name top Media Info GVR 70000596 Moonbeam Nodi ess S Miscellaneous Sech Zi Archive Control Call Suppression IR These actions performed by these buttons will take effect immediately Pressing the User Accounts NET 0 Apply button will not be required Z Gs Sieden GE Star
181. ive Units that are used or have been used as part ofa rental program are not covered under any circumstances It is your responsibility to prove or to be able to prove that you have purchased the unit under circumstances which affect the warranty A copy of your purchase invoice is normally necessary and sufficient for this If you have any questions about who is an Authorized Eventide Dealer call Eventide at 201 641 1200 Units with the serial number plate defaced or removed will not be serviced or covered by this warranty When the warranty becomes effective The one year warranty period begins on the day the unit is purchased from an Authorized Eventide Dealer or if the unit is drop shipped from Eventide on the day shipped plus a reasonable allowance for shipping delays This applies whether or not you return your warranty registration form When we receive a unit this is how we determine whether it is under warranty If the unit was shipped from our factory within the past calendar year we assume that it is under warranty unless there is evidence to the contrary such as its having been sold as used or rented etc If the unit was shipped from our factory more than a calendar year ago we assume it is not under warranty unless there is a warranty registration form on file showing that it has been purchased within the past year under appropriate conditions or if you send a copy of your purchase invoice indicating warranty s
182. k Archive amp Recording Network Settings Utilities Write logs to removeable media Write i Post burn DVD R integrity d lt Read metadata from archive restores the metadata written to archive See Section 3 11 6 Write Metadata to Archive on page 104 After receiving the usual warning Yes deposits the information back on the RAID and associates it with the appropriate calls 3 11 8 Touch Screen Calibration Coarse and Fine This item only applies to the VR725 or to blank panel units that may have the Eventide Touch screen Monitor attached When shipped with or as part ofa recorder the touch screen is pre calibrated You may need to perform this function if the adjustment drifts over time or if you have to replace the monitor There are two selections Coarse and Fine calibration Coarse allows you to coordinate the display with the touch screen at four points fine provides a 25 point calibration When performing this calibration use the pointer provided or an object with a reasonably sharp point as you want to get it as nearly precise as possible Select the calibration desired and touch the points as instructed by the program Note You must touch and hold the pointer on the screen until the program goes to the next calibration point This is different from normal operation in which you can just poke an item and have it register 3 12 SETUP System Shutdown tem Shutdown Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9
183. knob or arrows and accept it with OK If you will be using NTP or an external time source an approximate clock setting is all that is necessary The following web site provides the current UTC time www time gov timezone cgi UTC s 0 java 3 10 2 Time Zone To set the recorder time zone first select your continent see the following screen Info Recall Jul 28 2005 14 15 28 AST Continue Use UTC Cancel Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 93 Then select Continue and select your city or a city in your time zone see the following screen Info Recall Jul 28 2005 18 16 04 UTC North_Dakota Center Panama Danaimirti wine Go Back Use UTC Cancel Finally select OK If you prefer to use UTC simply select Use UTC 3 10 3 NTP Server Info Recall Jul 28 2005 14 24 18 EDT Backspace Switch Cancel You can connect to up to three NTP Network Time Protocol servers First you will have to set up the recorder on your network See the Section 3 9 SETUP Network Settings on page 88 Of course if you are using an NTP server over the internet you will need a reliable internet connection Eventide does not provide a default for the NTP server address because it is best to select one near to you so as to minimize delays and outages caused by distance and multiple network hops Because the NTP server synchronizes the internal recorder clock a continuous
184. ld receive a test message EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 157 5 9 Configuration Files Figure 30 Configuration Files Screen LC Recorder Config File View Help Config Items Files lt no file selected gt Recorders SVR 615 SN60000252 Custom Script Source File Custom Script Configuration File Metadata Integration Configuration Resident RTP VOIP Configuration Remote Gateway and Virtual Board Configu cfg file for remote gateway at 192 168 2 228 Miscellaneous Call Suppression User Accounts Boards and Channels Hogs andelene SNMP Configuration File STRUTS TES SNMP Trap Actions Custom Fields Scheduled Recording Workstations Client Activity Archiving Clustering Packet Capture Configuration files for VR 725 SN70000140 Dragonfly YR 725 SN70000140 Dragonfly RO The Configuration Files screen is used to view and edit configuration text files contained on the selected recorder Some of the features supported through the configuration files require additional software license keys To view a configuration file select a file listed in the Files column and the contents will be displayed in the column on the right To edit a configuration file move the cursor to the point at which you d like to modify or add to the file and perform all necessary changes You must have read write access to modify a configuration file Important Changin
185. lect OK EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 91 92 3 9 5 DNS Servers Info Recall Jul 28 2005 00 41 03 UTC 192 46 153 13 Switch Cancel Set from one to three DNS servers by entering the correct address and using Switch to traverse the fields 3 10 SETUP Clock This section discusses setting the recorder date time and time zone and synchronizing it with an external time source This must be accomplished before you connect your incoming audio lines If you are installing new software ona currently operating recorder you should disconnect your audio inputs until you have set the time zone or restored the recorder configuration IRIG B RS232 Time settings Time sync status The current setting of the internal clock is observed in the display in the upper right corner of the screen The time zone is a three letter code that is factory set to UTC Universal Time When using the internal clock or NTP Daylight Savings Time adjustments are handled automatically Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 3 10 1 Date Time Recall Jul 28 2005 18 19 55 UTC Lee geen Cancel The internal clock is accurate to a nominal one second per day To initially set the internal clock first set the time zone to UTC See Section 3 10 2 Time Zone below Then set the time and date to the current UTC time using the
186. led Please insert new media into the lt 110 gt archive drive and hit the resume soft key to retry Try a different medium 2016 The current archive time has been changed on the recorder from lt 110 gt to lt 111 gt No action required 2017 lt 110 gt archive drive action lt 111 gt 2019 Call Meta Information saved to the lt 110 gt archive drive lt 111 gt 2020 Call Meta Information was NOT saved to the lt 110 gt archive drive lt 111 gt Ensure that the archive medium is blank and in the correct drive 2021 Call Meta Information was loaded from the lt 110 gt archive drive 2022 Call Meta Information was NOT loaded from the lt 110 gt archive lt 111 gt drive because of an error See the error message for possible actions 2024 The lt 110 gt archive drive medium was improperly removed and may be damaged The recorder will attempt to recover but some data loss is possible In the future please use the Eject soft key and wait for the drive status to read Safe To Remove Media 2025 The recorder lt 1 gt is currently not archiving to any drive No action required EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix Alert Configuration 211 2026 The recorder lt 1 gt does not appear to be archiving properly the Recorder is recording calls but they do not appear to be archived thi
187. ling ports the call s attributes and audio ports the actual audio data packets must be designated Only calls that occur on ports in these designated ranges are recorded all others are ignored New in Resident VoIP and RolP vi Note Although documented in this publication Resident VoIP and RolIP features are not intended for general availability they are available only for manufacturer approved installations Resident VoIP and RolP refers to the feature of Eventide Atlas Recorders that provides the capability to record VoIP and RoIP without using an Eventide VoIP Gateway E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix J Recording VoIP or RoIP Cals 219 220 The Atlas Recorders support capturing and recording voice or radio traffic appearing in RTP packets on an Ethernet network The recorder is able to monitor and record Ethernet Voice over Internet Protocol VoIP or Radio over Internet Protocol RoIP traffic directly To configure the recorder for VoIP or RoIP traffic you must first add a virtual board and the required number of virtual channels to the system Then configure the virtual channels to be mapped to specific IP addresses and port numbers The virtual channels can also be dynamically mapped Adding a Virtual Board for VoIP RoIP To add a virtual board to the recorder start the Recorder Configuration program and log on to the selected recorder Perform the following 1 Select Configuration Files fro
188. ll become invalid You can obtain a license for these components or remove the components to restore full recorder operation If the recorder does not have a valid license key it will display alert message 52 or 53 depending upon how long it has operated without a license key Alert 48 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 52 displays if you are within the 7 day grace period and alert 53 displays if the grace period has expired If the grace period expires the recorder will continue to record and store normally but the following functions will be disabled e Recall e Live Monitor e Archive including centralized archive centralized archiving failsafe network attached storage and DVD USB and FireWire IEEE 1394 drives e MediaWorks connection e MediaAgent connection Add On Key This displays any add on software license keys which are used to enable optional features on the recorder The configuration information shows the feature names and number or capacity of components licensed for it Optional features include screen recording channels MediaCoach connections GPIO board support metadata feeds centralized archiving centralized archive failsafe MDC 1200 decoding and support for more than one network archive NAS device The configuration information does not include licensing for custom scripts that contain an embedded software license key The licensing for Custo
189. llation is complete click Close The installation adds a new program group called Eventide VR Series to the program menu If the computer user will be using one or more of the client programs frequently it would be a time saving gesture to copy and add the appropriate icons to the computer desktop 5 2 1 Starting the Recorder Configuration Client Launch the program by selecting Recorder Configuration from the Eventide VR Series directory Note The software version of the Recorder Configuration program must be compatible with the software version of the Atlas Recorder to which you are going to connect They software is compatible if the version numbers are the same The following startup screen displays Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ Figure 13 Recorder Configuration Startup Screen Recorder Config DAR File view Help Contig Items Recorder Name IP Address Available Logged In Recorders VR 778 SN9100016 192 168 2 63 lt Not Available gt 192 168 2 54 Oo 2 VR 778SN50 209 125 201 234 Log In to Selected Recorders Log Out Add Recorder Remove Recorders Refresh Appiy Current The first time you run the client software you must specify the recorders to which you want to connect To do so click Add Recorder and enter the IP address of the recorder you wish to add in the New Recorder window You ll find the IP Address on the re
190. lt 110 gt in position lt 111 gt Contact Eventide 9009 Yellow alarm on port lt 112 gt on the board of type lt 110 gt in position lt 111 gt Contact Eventide 9010 LOSMF alarm on port lt 112 gt on the board of type lt 110 gt in position lt 111 gt Contact Eventide 9011 LOCRC4MF alarm on port lt 112 gt on the board of type lt 110 gt in position lt 111 gt Contact Eventide 9012 TS16RAI alarm on port lt 112 gt on the board of type lt 110 gt in position lt 111 gt Contact Eventide 9013 Failed to open channel lt 111 gt on the board of type lt 110 gt Error lt 112 gt Take action based on error 9014 Failed to configure channel lt 111 gt on the board of type lt 110 gt Error lt 112 gt Take action based on error 9016 No signal present on channel lt 111 gt on the board of type lt 110 gt Input signal has been lost Check connections to input board 9017 Recording could not be started on channel lt 111 gt on the board of type lt 110 gt Contact Eventide 9018 Recording could not be stopped on channel lt 111 gt on the board of type lt 110 gt Contact Eventide 9019 Read timeout on channel lt 111 gt on the board of type lt 110 gt Contact Eventide 9020 Read fail on channel lt 111 gt on the board of type lt 110 gt Contact Ev
191. m Script Source Files is embedded at the top of the file and can be viewed under Configuration Files 3 3 2 RAID Status Info Recall Jul 28 2005 20 40 01 EDT RAID Status Unit md OK raid1 Active drives ide host0 bus0 targetO lund disc OK ide host0 bus0 target 1 lund disc OK dle drives RAID History Device Er Warn Info dev ide host0 bus0 targetO lund disc deviide host0 bus0 target1 lunO disc md 0 0 1 Remove History The RAID Status screen has three sections e RAID Status enumerates the active and idle drives present in the system and the overall health of the storage system Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 49 e RAID History shows the number of errors and warnings if any which have occurred since the system was installed e RAID Usage shows how full the disks are see the following screen In this example only a tiny portion of the drives are full Calls are stored on the largest partition in the array In a lightly used recorder it may take months or years to fill the disks A recorder with many channels and a high recording duty cycle will show almost full fairly soon after installation and will remain thus indefinitely since newer calls will replace older ones Recall Jul 28 2005 20 40 27 EDT RAID History Device Er Warn Info deviide host0 bus0 targetO lun0 disc deviide host0 bus0 target 1 lunO disc
192. m the Config Items menu on the left side of the screen 2 In the Files box to the right select Remote Gateway and Virtual Board Configuration Figure 47 Remote Gateway and Virtual Board Configuration Screen Recorder Config File View Help Files This file is where Network Proxies are configured The file format is one entry per line consisting of the IP address SE Corint S Hof the proxy e and then the number of channels the proxy is configured for 5 SN60001254 Dat Custom Script Source File Custom Script Configuration File Metadata Integration Configuration SU s Resident RTP d VOIP Configuration localhost 48 RTP Boards and Channels Logs and Alerts SNMP Configuration File SNMP Trap Actions Custom Fields Scheduled Recording e Config Items example 192 168 2 lt gt Remote Gateway and Virtual Board Configuration lt file retrieved gt Configuration files For YR 615 5N60001254 Daffodil WR 615 5N60001254 Daffodil RW Current 3 To configure a virtual board that is remote to the recorder on a gateway enter the IP address or fully qualified domain name of the gateway followed by a space and the number of virtual channels to be added When the virtual board is local to the recorder resident enter localhost or the local host IP address followed by a space the number of virtual channels to be added followed by a space followed by RTP Appendix J Recording VoIP or Rol
193. machine Enter the name by which you want to identify the centralized archiving drive Note that the name should be distinct for each drive unless it is intended to be part of an Archive Failsafe pair in which case the drives in the pair must have identical names Click OK and the drive will be created immediately visible at the front panel and in the Archiving Archive Drives pane The status will say Check Configuration but it is not necessary to check anything yet Then Go to the destination recorder s Archiving Centralized Archive Sources pane For each source listed select the source click Approve and then click Apply At this point the status message for the drives at each source will display either idle blank media or Check Configuration There are three causes for the Check Configuration status message A The destination has not approved the source B The source has exceeded its number of licensed CA drives C The custom fields on the source are missing on the destination The following resolutions apply to these issues respectively A Approve the source at the destination B Either delete unused catapult drives or buy additional licenses C Add all of the source s custom fields to the destination recorder In practice archiving to a Centralized Archiving drive is done identically to how one archives to a DVD RAM drive From the source recorder s front panel Info screen or from Record
194. many calls as possible to be stored select the Set to Maximum Allowable with the mouse or Max soft key 76 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 3 6 5 Audio Segment Length Login Setup Recall Jul 27 2005 22 27 33 UTC bt System Info Channel configurati Delete calls after N Max of calls in DB Utilities System Shutdown Backspace Disable Cancel When audio is received continuously such as with a radio broadcast it is possible to have single recordings as long as the maximum which is 12 hours This can be very inconvenient and this facility allows you to set the maximum length of any continuous recording The minimum length is 1 minute and the maximum is 12 hours with the entry in minutes If you don t want to limit segment length uncheck the Enable audio limit box 3 7 SETUP Security At a site where a recorder may have multiple operators and different people are authorized to perform different functions both Login and user privilege security options are provided Logins Required Auto logout timeout User administration It is important to remember however that complete security is difficult to achieve and if the recorder is physically accessible then the security provided by keys and passwords may well be illusory For best security keep your recorder in a physically protected area Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder
195. mately GD Resolved Display Text Resolved The recorder was not properly shut down This can Cause serious loss of data The shutdown time was approximately lt 110 gt Severity DA l Repestperiod seconds 0 _ Send Email Display DisplayRemote OK Cancel You may configure the following parameters for each alert e Severity Select the severity Info Warning Error Severe Error for this alert Note Eventide recommends that you do not change the severity level for an alert from its default setting e Repeat period seconds Select the frequency in seconds that you want this alert to be repeated e Send Email Check this box if you want notification of this alert to be emailed to a list of enabled recipients For additional information see Section 5 8 4 Email Server on page 156 e Display Check this box if you want this alert to be displayed in a red popup on the recorder front panel e DisplayRemote Check this box if you want this alert to be displayed in a popup on the PC running the Recorder Configuration remote client After you have made any changes to the configuration for the selected alert click the OK button After you have finished editing the alerts click the Apply button at the bottom of the Recorder Configuration screen Alert Types New In addition to the alert severity levels alerts fall into the following categories e Event Notification Provides notification of a single
196. maximum of eight channels can be monitored in real time from the front panel You can monitor a single channel or multiple channels To monitor calls 1 Navigate to the INFO screen 2 Press the Monitor soft key A list of channels will appear 2 Channel 02 3 Channel 03 4 Channel 04 5 Channel 05 E Chess OF Toggle 3 Scroll to and select the desired channels and use the Toggle soft key 4 Press OK The selected channel status indicators will turn blue The audio will be heard through the front panel speaker or through headphones connected to the jack labeled Headphones Channels are deselected using the same method 128 Chap 4 Recorder Operation Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 5 1 Introduction 5 1 1 What is the Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Eventide offers optional client software to access Atlas Recorders remotely for adminstration and operational tasks The client software can be installed on PCs running the Microsoft Windows Operating System and that are connected to an Atlas Recorder through a network The client software includes the following Eventide Atlas Recorder Configuration Program This program allows installers and administrators to perform recorder configuration and administration tasks remotely from a client PC It is sometimes referred to as the administration client Eventide MediaAgent
197. most cases It can be disabled in installations where audio levels are well controlled e g broadcast radio stations BEEP Enables a Beep tone to signify to callers that the call is being recorded Activating the beep places a short distinctive tone on the respective channel of the input connector This tone is approximately 65 milliseconds in duration at a frequency of 1455 Hz It serves to indicate that the call is being recorded and is required by some state laws Of course the beep will only be audible to the callers if the recorder is connected directly to the telephone line in question if an amplifier or other device is interposed it will serve no purpose Beep tones are only generated on Analog Input Boards not on Digital PBX or T1 E1 interface boards DETECT This parameter determines when an input channel is active and should be recorded It establishes the primary recording control for the channel Note The Recorder Configuration program refers to this setting as Record Enable The following are valid values for this parameter e VOX default Starts recording if the voice vox or audio input signal is above the Vox threshold setting E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 69 New in v1 9 TRV Starts recording if the DC input voltage is lower than the TRV Tip Ring Voltage threshold indicating an off hook condition Always Records the channel continuousl
198. n archive medium or drive isn t normally a grave concern since the data remains on the hard drive and can be copied to another medium or on another drive However some installations employ redundant recorders to assure that failure of one unit will not cause any loss of recorded data In such installations it is normally not desired to make two sets of archives but the availability of a duplicate recorder makes another option convenient If the primary recorder stops archiving for any reason the redundant recorder can take over this function To implement this you must Confirm both recorders are connected to the same signal sources and have identical settings Designate one of the recorders as the secondary server Select Archive failsafe server and enter the address of the PRIMARY server in the normal fashion This is accomplished in the preceding screen by entering and accepting with the OK soft key the IP address of the server Enable the secondary server to periodically check the primary using the screen Enable disable archive failsafe toggle the Enable box so that is checked and press the OK soft key See Section 3 4 8 Enable Disable Archive Failsafe on page 60 Determine the behavior of the failover mechanism Select desired Archive failsafe behavior and toggle Archive failsafe error on out of media Checking this box in effect allows the secondary recorder to act as an extension of the primary record
199. n file 159 notification scheduling 165 source file 158 tag scheduling 165 customer engineering services 7 D data limit lifetime 138 preserve history 138 data deletion 137 database custom fields 161 maximum calls 76 maximum records 138 date set 92 93 date time filter 36 DDS 4 tape drive 197 delay period archiving 139 delete calls after N days 75 delete disk data 137 delete recordings 138 detect 69 DHCP 89 91 digital PBX boards 144 PBX input board 148 187 telephony hardware 187 disable recording 70 disk full 137 disk full data deletion 138 DNS servers 92 do not record 139 documentation Eventide manuals 7 DTMF filter 37 DVD RAM 169 operation 118 238 Index Dymo LabelWriter 450 29 E email 81 alert notification 153 205 206 208 send test 87 server 156 encoding A law or mu law 150 algorithm 66 Ethernet connection 28 network 88 event notification alert 153 Eventide ANI ALI Integration Guide 7 Atlas Screen Recording Guide 7 MediaAgent 110 129 137 161 MediaAgent manual 7 MediaCoach 129 MediaCoach manual 7 MediaWorks 110 129 137 161 MediaWorks manual 7 services and support 7 web site 7 F facility name 137 failover NIC 91 failsafe archive 60 failsafe server archive 59 failsafe centralized archive 172 field custom 161 filters 110 recall screen 33 forced shutdown 107 format archive media 120 front panel 30 configu
200. n from archive Cancel This is a display only function and it displays the recorder serial number The grayed out soft keys are functional only when the unit has no Serial Number which only occurs with a new unit Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 51 3 3 4 License Key Select the License Key option to view your registration information for your recorder Login Setup Info Recall Oct 31 2005 stem Info Configuration info RAID status Fi d License key jew ala Oc Enahle disable verbose logging Archive Network Archive Recording Security mee et Select the License key option from the System Info directory and press Select The screen refreshes with your assigned licensed key listed Login Setup Info Recall Oct St 2005 1 FF System Info Configuration info RAID status Serial number Network Archive Recording Security Facet Backspace Note In the preceding screen the license key was removed for security reasons The license key can also be found on a label affixed to the equipment Some earlier versions of the equipment did not include this label so if the label is missing you may contact Eventide to get this information A recorder without a valid license key will provide you full functionality for the first seven days after which it will be diminished until a valid key is entered Your license key information also displays
201. n take the most recent archive medium read the Media info for that disk and set the pointer to that time Note As identified in the display the Archive time is set in LOCAL time If you are setting the archive time to start at the end of a previously recorded archive medium you will probably use the Media Info feature to check on the end time of that medium The recorder displays Media Info in UTC since the archives are portable and must be compatible over time zones and different playback hardware To dovetail the recorded and new archive times you must convert your local time to UTC for this setting For example if Media Info shows an archive completed at 14 02 00 UTC and you are in the EDT time zone you would want to set Archive time to 09 02 00 4 4 19 Designating and Activating an Archive Failsafe Server Failure of an archive medium or drive isn t normally a grave concern since the data remains on the hard drive and can be copied to another medium or on another drive However some installations employ redundant recorders to assure that failure of one unit will not cause any loss of recorded data In such installations it is normally not desired to make two sets of archives but the availability of a duplicate recorder makes another option convenient If the primary recorder stops archiving for any reason the redundant recorder can take over this function To implement this you must 126 Chap 4 Recorder
202. nalog Board Reverse Pin Outs 8 and 16 Channel Boards Channel Pins Channel Pins Channel Pins Channel Pins 1 50 25 5 46 21 9 42 17 13 38 13 2 49 24 6 45 20 10 41 16 14 37 12 3 48 23 7 44 19 11 40 15 15 36 11 4 47 22 8 43 18 12 39 14 16 35 10 Note The wiring is reversed in the sense that Channel 1 would be connected to the violet slate pair not the white blue pair if you are using standard telephone cables On a 25 pair block terminated in standard telephone color code order Channel 1 would be at the bottom of the block 204 Appendix H Channel Wiring for Eventide Analog Input Boards Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EL Appendix I Alert Configuration In the course of operation the recorder may generate a variety of alerts which are messages about aspects of the system operation These messages have different severity levels that range from informational messages to severe errors You can configure how alert notification is handled as well as other alert features This section describes how to configure alert notification including where to display and email the alerts It also provides the following information about alert messages e Table 16 Alert Messages on page 209 A list of alert messages including the alert code severity level message text and suggested actions e Table 15 Alert Severity Levels on page 209 A list of alert severity levels and descriptions Use the following procedur
203. nd converted back into analog voice signals This network can be used at the same time by other communications which may include other VoIP telephone calls as well as a variety of packetized information such as data and video Because the VoIP network can carry many conversations at the same time and because it can also transmit other types of information VoIP is a more efficient and flexible method for transporting voice It can also produce a richer experience for the user if it is combined with other features such as video In addition it can be cost effective to implement because you may be able to add VoIP telephony services to an existing network infrastructure VoIP systems can interconnect and co exist with existing PBX systems as well the traditional circuit switched network Of course power sources are a consideration when implementing any VoIP system because VoIP phones do not derive power from a PBX or from the telephone company Central Office So to protect against loss of telephone service due to power outages it is necessary to install uninterruptible or back up power supplies for both the LAN equipment and VoIP telephones Technical Considerations The handling of audio data in VoIP differs significantly from how it is done ona conventional circuit switched network On the latter once a connection is established it is defined between two fixed points and both the upstream and downstream data are handled by the same pair
204. nd metadata information System Shutdown Provides a controlled or safe and orderly shutdown of the recorder 3 3 SETUP System Info System Info provides data about your recorder This information is especially valuable if you encounter problems or unexpected operation If you ever require Eventide technical assistance with your recorder this is the first place to look for the information needed to help Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Configuration info RAID status Serial number View alarm log Enable Disable Verbose Logging Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EB 3 3 1 Configuration Info Login Setup Info Recall Jul 28 2005 20 29 27 EDT Logger name VR 615 SN60001254 IP Address 192 46 153 247 MAC Address 00 07 E9 39 EF 30 Release 1 3 0BETA 206 Time zone America New_York Analog Telephony board info Number of Boards 1 Active Board Count d Active Channel Count 16 Total channels in system 16 OK This Version Info screen displays the following settings Recorder Name model and serial numbers concatenated This name also will be displayed by the optional Eventide remote client software IP Address a 4 octet address for network connections MAC Address the fixed hardware level address of the recorder Release the software version number Time Zone the recorder s internal time zone settings displayed as the selected locale in the main s
205. nd time set the time in the boxes 9 Select the appropriate Action for this schedule Start Recording Defines a schedule for recording data Disable Recording Defines a schedule for disabling all recording Send Notification Defines a schedule for sending an internal event or message to a custom script Statistics Defines a schedule for collecting recorder statistics 10 Select the appropriate Period for this schedule Select Hourly Daily Weekly Monthly or One Time to define the frequency of the schedule The parameters displayed for Period depend on the selection For information about the Period parameters see Section 5 11 2 Scheduling Periods 11 Once you ve completed all the fields click Apply to save the schedule 5 11 2 Scheduling Periods The parameter information for scheduling depends on which period you select The parameter descriptions for each type of period follow e Hourly Scheduling Parameters When the Hourly period is selected the following parameter fields are displayed EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 165 Period Hourly C Daily O Weekly Monthly One Time Hourly Parameters Start at 30 minutes past the hour Duration 05 00 gt minutes seconds v Repeat every 1 hours Start at Enter the number of minutes past the top of each hour that you want the scheduled action
206. nding on how it was set inside the SETUP screen Each archive drive will have an individual status indicator that looks like a wide horizontal rectangle To the left of the rectangle is the type of archive drive DVD RAM or DDS 4 To the right of Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 31 the rectangle is the number of calls on the disk Inside the rectangle are status messages and a progress bar Table 6 INFO Screen Messages Display Description No Disk The drive is empty Loading A medium has been loaded and the recorder is scanning it to learn its status Unloading A medium is being ejected Idle Unformatted Media An unformatted medium is inserted Idle Blank Media A formatted blank medium is inserted Idle Used Eventide Media A medium with one or more recorded calls is inserted Idle Full Eventide Media A full medium is inserted Eventide Configuration Media A medium containing recorder configuration information is inserted Eventide Call Metadata A medium containing call metadata is inserted Preparing for Playback The medium is preparing for browsing Browsing means the viewing searching and playing back of calls While preparing the recorder is loading the calls from the archive into an internal database Playback The medium is ready for browsing lt A black bar progress indicator gt The progress indicator pro
207. ne 161 Figure 32 Add IGIG Ke e 162 Figure 33 Custom Field Not Editable Message csecccecccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeseneeenseeesneneeeneeeeseenes 163 Figure 34 Custom Field Delete Confirmation MeSSage cscecceccceeseeeeeeeeeeseneesesneesnenenensneeetenes 163 Figure 85 Scheduled Recording Sereen ss iscscasccsigecstcscstsacsieseseesedstitensaictassecstaecansecadehvgentess tensa EEN 164 Figure 36 Archiving DVD RAM View ek 169 Figure 37 Archiving NET Drive View EE 170 Figure 38 Workstation Setup Screen cccecceceeceeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseeeeeaeaaeeeeeaaeaeeesnaaeeeesensaeeeseeeeeaenens 174 Figure 39 Client Activity Screen EE 179 Figure 40 Channel Statistics Screen EE 180 Figure 41 Ai Logix NGX Board Configuration cccceccsceecesseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeessaeaeeeeneaeeeeetees 187 Figure 42 Sample PBX Compatibility List 20 0 0 eee ee eee ee eeeceeee eee aeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 188 Figure 43 M Audio 1010LT HiFi Board Connection Diagram 190 Figure 44 GPIO Board Pin Assignments NI PCI 6503 cc cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeteaaeeeeeneaeeeeeeee 192 Figure 45 GPIO Board Pin Assignments NI PCI 6527 EE 193 Figure 46 Connectors with Standard and Reverse Pin Outs escceeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeesesaeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 203 Figure 47 Remote Gateway and Virtual Board Configuration Green 220 Figure 48 Resident RTP VoIP Configuration
208. nfo Recall Jul 27 2005 22 26 23 UTC Board configuration Channel configuration Network Settings Clock Utilities System Shutdown Backspace Disable Cancel You can set the database to begin deleting calls after a certain number of days If you set this feature to 60 calls over 60 days old will be deleted The deletion does not occur immediately calls start being deleted at the start of the next day after midnight Enter the number of days maximum or uncheck the Enable Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 75 deletes box if you want to keep calls for as long as there remains space on the disk 3 6 4 Max of Calls in DB Login Setup Info Recall Jul 27 2005 22 26 54 UTC E System Info Archive Bnet Archive Recording Audio segment leng Security Email Network Settings fies Utilities System Shutdown Backspace If the RAID becomes full calls will be deleted starting with the oldest calls In this case the number of stored calls is self limiting You can manually set a limit to the total number of calls that the internal database will store After the set number is reached the oldest calls will begin getting deleted Deletion will not occur immediately calls start being deleted at the start of the next day after midnight as a safety measure This feature is enabled by default with a value of 1 000 000 To Disable i e to allow as
209. ng created by Eventide Customer Engineering as a contracted professional service This setting is not affected by the Activity Timeout or Inactivity Timeout parameters User Activity For screen recording only Records on user activity keyboard mouse or other activity from a user input device See the Atlas Screen Recording Guide for details Note Although documented in this publication screen recording features are not intended for production use and general availability they are available only for manufacturer coordinated customer trials Disable Disables recording for the channel Note Channels on digital boards may display a non modifiable DETECT value of Off Hook or Data Channel VOX Thrsh This sets the trigger level for recording when Record Enable Mode is VOX A value between 48dB and OdB is typical The factory default is 16dB or 5000 70 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EB Login Setup Info Recall Jul 27 2005 22 25 06 UTC VOX Hold If Detect is set to VOX this sets the number of seconds the channel will continue recording after the signal drops and remains below the threshold The factory default is 8 seconds Setting this for too long a value will record long periods of silence at the end of transmissions too short a value may break a single call into apparent multiple calls TRV Thrsh This sets the DC voltage at which a phone line is assumed to
210. nges additions for that user to all recorders to which you are logged in You must have write permission to a recorder to make any modifications If you do not have write permission to one or more recorders you should log out of them log back in to them with write permission and then modify the settings and apply the changes E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 143 5 6 Boards and Channels The Boards and Channels item allows you to configure telephony and audio boards installed in the recorder as well as specific channels provided by the boards 5 6 1 Channels Selecting the Channels item displays the Channel Configuration screen similar to the following Enable Record Beep Suppress Vox Vox TRY TRY GPIO Activity Inactivity Miscellar Thrshld Hold Thishld Hold S Timeout Timeout Config dB Seconds Volts Seconds Fin Seconds Seconds Text 16d 0 0 Gain Record AGC dB Enable 1 Channel 1 S Vox dg reg Vox OO 8 Channel 2 8 Channel 3 Channel 4 Channel 5 Channel 6 CH d Vox Svor L ZS vox 2 3 4 5 6 7 Channel 7 Vox 8 Channel 8 9 Channel 9 10 Channel 10 S Channel 11 112 Channel 12 13 Channel 13 14 Channel 14 Fae Channel 15 16 Channel 16 17 Channel 17 18 Channel 18 cl Channel 19 20 Channel 20 271 Cassel 14 Vox Vox ef ff Vox Vox Vox Vox Vox Vox o o o o o
211. nibble PCO PC3 pin pairs 7 8 to 1 2 National Instruments PCI 6527 Board 48 Channel This board provides a 48 bit parallel isolated digital I O interface with e 24 optically isolated digital inputs 5 V TTL CMOS e 24 digital switch outputs 5 V TTL CMOS e 100 pin female 0 050 D type I O connector e No switches or jumpers For the connector pin assignments see Figure 45 GPIO Board Pin Assignments NI PCI 6527 on page 193 For detailed specifications refer to PCI 6527 on the National Instruments web site www ni com 192 Appendix D Optional General Purpose Input Output GPIO Boards Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EL Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Figure 45 GPIO Board Pin Assignments NI PCI 6527 Input DIG 2 7 DIG 2 7 DIG 2 6 DIG 2 6 DIG 2 S DIG 2 5 DIG 2 4 DIG 2 4 DIG 2 3 DIG 2 3 DIG 2 2 DIG 2 2 DIG 2 4 DIG 2 4 DIG 2 0 DIG 2 0 DIG 1 7 DIG 1 7 DIG 1 6 DIG 1 6 DIGH S DIG 1 5 DIG 1 4 DIG 1 4 DIG 1 3 DIG 1 3 DIG 1 2 DIG 1 2 DIG 1 4 DIG 1 4 DIG 1 0 DIG 1 0 DIG 0 7 DIG 0 7 DIG 0 6 DIG 0 6 Dip E DIG 0 S DIG 0 4 DIG 0 4 DIG 0 3 DIG 0 3 DIG 0 2 DIG 0 2 DIG 0 4 DIG 0 1 DIG 0 0 DIG 0 0 EA GND Appendix D Optional General Purpose Input Output GPIO Boards EE o o o j ssl ma ma mu ma a Ei ieee saaana amama geess eof ele DIG 5 7 DIG 5 7 DIG 5 6 DIG 5 6 DIG 5 5 DIG 5 5 DIG 5 4 DIG 54 DIG 5 3 DIG 5 3 DIG 5 2 DIG 5 2 DIG 5 4 DIG 5 1
212. nnect the audio inputs until you have restored the configuration of the recorder including channel selection and time zone The reason for this is that the recorder will begin recording as soon as it detects an input signal Calls with the wrong time date and time zone may get recorded and will likely remain on the recorder for a long time This might be confusing later when you search filter and archive calls For more information see Section 3 10 SETUP Clock on page 92 E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 25 2 4 8 Connecting Telephone Radio and Other Analog Audio Signals to the Recorder AA WARNING This section applies to units equipped with the Analog Input Board If you are not sure this board is installed check the printed back panel diagram that was packed with your recorder or follow the steps in Section 2 3 Bench Test on page 19 To reduce the risk of fire use only 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord The Analog Input Board handles interfacing to analog audio signals The number of channels per board will vary depending on which is ordered with 8 16 and 24 channels being standard configurations Each board presents a 25 pair blue ribbon connector at a slot in the rear panel When viewing the VR615 recorder from the rear the Analog Input Board is in the bottom horizontal slot For the VR778 the lowest numbered channel board is in Slot 1 see Figure 4 Typical VR778 Rear P
213. nnel This parameter is reserved and should not be changed It displays the first channel number for the block of channels assigned to this board at the factory for when the recorder is used in a multi recorder setup Choosing an Encoding Algorithm The following encoding algorithms are available e 13 kbit s GSM factory default e 16 kbit s G726 e 32 kbit s G726 e 64 kbit s Mu Law The data rate indicates the amount of storage used per second of recording The default will give you the most channel hours Encoding algorithms always represent a compromise between storage space and perceived quality All the algorithms listed are general purpose and are not restricted to voice You might want to select either the 32 or 64 kbps algorithm if your recordings are going to be used by other decoding equipment such as with fax recording Fax in particular is very sensitive to the compromises made in reduced bit rate encoding The human ear is much less so The encoding algorithm is set on a per board basis All channels on a given board must use the same algorithm For this reason you should plan to group all fax or other special lines on the inputs of as few boards as possible That way only those boards will need to record at a high bit rate and storage space will be conserved You can experiment with these algorithms to get the best balance between sound quality and storage space Be aware that if you change the setting while recording a
214. not wish to archive any recordings Eventide recommends regular backups of the configuration and putting them in a safe place along with the spare key Info Recall Jul 28 2005 18 44 43 EDT Drive Status Sequential mode E Eventide Configuration Media Channel Status RSR RR RSR RSR SR Monitor Logout Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 3 11 3 Read Configuration from Archive Login Setup info Recall Jul 28 2005 18 09 20 EDT Network Archive Recording e Security eE mail Network Settings Clock Utilities s to removeable media FARNING config from top archive Y CURRENT CONFIGU Write metadata to arcnive r Read metadata from archive r Post burn DVD R integrity check by our 6 LTouchscreen calibratio t System Shutdown Before reading back restoring the settings make sure the settings on the disk are appropriate to your recorder As mentioned in the previous section you should not read back settings if the settings are from a different recorder or if you have added input boards to the recorder or made other configuration changes that render the old settings inappropriate To read back the settings insert the DVD RAM with the settings and select Read configuration from archive Note any warnings and select Yes to continue Shutdown and restart the recorder Important Because some settings take effect on restarting and
215. o Play the playlist Rename a selected playlist or Delete a selected playlist altogether Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 43 44 Chap 2 Recorder Setup Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EL 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration This section discusses setup and administration of the recorder from the front panel On entering Setup mode the following screen appears This screen is a hierarchical menu of available functions Double clicking on any topic except System Shutdown reveals a submenu A top level item can also be expanded to its submenu by clicking the small box to the left of the item A second click of the box or double click of the heading collapses the menu Any number of top level items can be expanded at once If the listed items exceed the available screen area a scroll bar appears to the right of the screen to allow access to them The Setup menu is hierarchical This means that instead of one long list of functions they are collected in groups and each group can be expanded by clicking on its name or on the small box to its left Likewise the group can be collapsed by clicking on the box or on the name of an expanded group In the following example System Info has been expanded into its submenu which shows Configuration info RAID status and other items nfiguration info RAID status Select Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and A
216. o o o 1 o o o o o Vox CH Vox f d i KA KAKARAKA KAEA KA EA EA EA Vox Vox LIRSKI I peep eas ae Sep Seas fas Se Sena Saas Sea Se FOOOOOOOOOOOO OO O00 0 4 gt gt lt gt vox Ji ji l ise AAE 4 KIE lt lt FRIR J N 1000000000000000 IDR ois gt 2 0 0 0 The Channel Configuration screen corresponds to the Channel Configuration that can be accessed through the SETUP menu on the recorder front panel Usually the signal parameters are more conveniently set from the recorder front panel since the recorder is typically where the actual audio lines are located and it is often necessary to make adjustments and external connections to the recorder in the process of setup To make adjustments from this window either enter an appropriate number or increment decrement or select the value as needed The parameters are described in Chapter 2 Recorder Setup on page 11 When all modifications are finished click Apply 5 6 2 Boards Selecting the Boards item displays the Boards Configuration screen which allows you to select an installed telephony or audio board for configuration While the optional digital PBX boards can be configured for a large number of different PBXs the boards require customized setup at the factory and in most cases their configurations should not be changed 144 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Reco
217. oards Channel Groups GLons and Alerts Alerts Alert History Statistics Email Server Configuration Files Custom Fields Scheduled Recording Workstations Client Activity BArchiving Archive Drives Centralized Archive Failsafe i Centralized Archive Sources 5 3 Miscellaneous The Miscellaneous configuration screen allows you to modify System and Archiving options In the Recorder Configuration program select Miscellaneous from the Config Items menu on the left side of the screen 136 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Figure 16 Miscellaneous Configuration Screen Recorder Config File View Help Config Items hence Recorder Name Facility Name Eventide m System Options Logs and Alerts Limit data lifetime Configuration Fi Custom Fields 30 Scheduled Rec Workstations Maximum days that recordings and call records will remain on the hard drive C Preserve history after deletion 1000000 Maximum number of database call records ame Capture Limit Segment Length SN70000 5 Maximum minutes per audio segment Re use limit for cached call metadata Restart Front Panel Archiving Options Note Archive options will not take effect until archiving has been stopped and restarted on the recorder Archive Calls 112 seconds after the start of each call Miscellaneous configuration
218. on the Config Info screen 3 3 5 Add On License Key This specifies any add on software license keys which are used to enable optional features on the recorder such as screen recording channels 52 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 MediaCoach connections GPIO board support metadata feeds centralized archiving centralized archive failsafe MDC 1200 decoding and support for more than one network archive NAS device Login Info System Info Configuration info RAID status Serial number License key Add On keys View alarm log Enable disable verbose logging Select it and enter the value provided to you by Eventide to enable these features From the entry screen you can add edit or remove an existing license key If the features that require an add on license key are not installed on your unit the License Add On Keys entry is disabled 3 3 6 View alarm log Login Setup Info Recall Jul 28 2005 20 48 10 EDT 52 messages logged E 2005 07 19 22 14 39 UTC Code 8 Logger Startup 2005 07 19 22 14 41 UTC Code 5 logger VR 615 SN60001254 has lost the 2005 07 19 22 14 42 UTC Code 9020 Read fail on channel 1 on the board o 2005 07 19 22 15 01 UTC Code 5014 UPS is not attached to the logger or r 2005 07 19 22 15 02 UTC Code 50 initial version 1 3 0BETA 206 installed a 2005 07 19 23 34 22 UTC Code 2017 top archive drive action loading m
219. one jack line level output and volume control Figure 7 Touch Screen Close Up The touch screen display of the VR725 performs all the functions of the display AND the keypad soft keys present on the VR615 and VR778 When necessary a vertical scroll bar allows additional channel or data selection and an alphanumeric keyboard allows data entry of channel names and other required SETUP information This power button immediately below the screen controls the screen backlight ONLY Turning it off does not affect recorder operation in any way It can be used as a screen saver if desired The door lock can be opened to access critical recorder controls and the hot swap RAID disk array Two keys are supplied 18 Chap 2 Recorder Setup Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 The recorder power switch is behind the locked door as are the USB connectors for the optional keyboard Note Avoid using this switch to power down the unit Use it to power up only The audio section provides a inch headphone jack and a constant level Line Out jack for convenient re recording A volume control not shown controls speaker and headphone volume 2 2 6 Rear Panel Details VR725 Figure 8 Typical VR725 Rear Panel The rear panel of this VR725 shows left to right Dual Hot Swap power supplies connector panel for Ethernet USB Keyboard Mouse Label Printer connector COM1 and splitter cable To the right o
220. onnecting a Label Printer on page 29 for more information Manual Label Printing To manually print a label for an archive medium 1 Insert the disk in a drive 2 Select the drive by turning and pressing the scroll wheel or by clicking its bar 3 Press the More soft key 4 Press the Print Label soft key If you do this without a printer attached you will see an error message stating that a printer was not found and that the recorder will try again in 30 seconds This message will appear three times and then the attempt to print will abort Chap 4 Recorder Operation Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Automatic Label Printing You can also set the recorder to print a label automatically when the medium is full To do this 1 Press Setup 2 Scroll to and select Enable Disable Label Printing 3 Check the Enable box and press OK 4 4 13 Selecting the Archive Period You can create an archive medium that covers only a particular period such as the duration of an incident or a particular period such as a day or a week To further refine the selection of calls on the archive medium you can copy only protected calls i e those which you have selected to be preserved By selecting a period and the calls within that period you can make a disk that archives only a specific incident despite the presence of many unrelated calls during the same period Creating this archive does not affect the archive pointe
221. ont panel Suitable headphones are available from Eventide part 324200 Most headphones with an appropriate plug can be used and adjusted to a comfortable level with the front panel volume control 2 4 14 Connecting Line Level Equipment A line level audio output is available at the 1 8 inch jack labeled Line Out on the front panel if you wish to connect an external recorder such as a Philips Cassette recorder to the recorder for excerpting calls to cassette A high quality rack mount recorder can be obtained from Eventide on special order under part number 324375 In addition most standard cassette units with record capability can derive an appropriate signal level from this jack 2 4 15 Connecting a Label Printer There are two categories of optional archive label printers that can be used e Client based Label Printers These printers connect to a Microsoft Windows PC and print through the Eventide MediaWorks program The supported printers include the Seiko Smart Label Printer SLP 440 and the Dymo LabelWriter 450 Professional Label Printer See the Eventide MediaWorks documentation for label printing instructions Note Client based label printing is supported in Eventide MediaWorks v1 9 5 or later with recorders using Atlas Recorder software v1 9 5 or later It will not work with versions prior to this e Recorder based Label Printers These printers connect to a recorder serial port and the setup and printing are done thr
222. ord field After typing in the password press ENT twice Repeat steps 3 and 4 to enter data for the FirstName MiddleName LastName and Suffix cells if desired These cells are descriptive and can be left blank Select the channels to which you want to apply the privileges Scrollwheel models For the Channels cell pressing the scroll wheel to edit the cell will bring you to a list of channels Scroll to each channel and check the box if you want the user privileges to apply to that channel 80 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EB Rather than using the scroll wheel you may find it easier to use the arrow keys and the F8 key of the keyboard F8 will place a check mark in the box Press OK when done Touch screen keyboard models Select the cell and type the channel range as a comma separated list with a start and stop channel or a single channel For example 1 3 7 9 10 typed in the cell would allow access to channels 1 2 3 7 9 and 10 Press Enter twice to complete each user entry 8 For the group cells Admin Research etc choose the group that the user will belong to and check the box using F8 or the encoder wheel 9 For the Email Addr cell type in the user s email address if desired This email address will be used in conjunction with the Email Alert feature discussed in the Recorder Settings section When certain alerts are generated by the re
223. order User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix F Eventide VR778 or VR725 with DDS 4 Tape Drives 199 200 Appendix F Eventide VR778 or VR725 with DDS 4 Tape Drives Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ Appendix G Eventide Tape Archive Transfer Utility Tatu The Eventide Tape Archive Transfer Utility or Tatu is a standalone application that enables users of the VR Series recorders that archive to DDS tapes to transfer the archives from the tapes to the hard drive of their PCs After affecting this transfer the Eventide Call Record Browser will automatically display these archives for searching and playback The user interface to Tatu is quite intuitive On Tape Dir E3 HP C56834 lt TEMP_DIR gt BigArchive Archive 01 16 2004 11 06 45 E Srchive 01 01 1989 00 00 00 r jI 1 i 1 i 1 1 j i i ji L Info 01 16 2004 11 06 45 to 01 16 2004 16 16 08 calls 2647 space 107470 K When you launch Tatu from the Startup Menu it brings up a splash screen that notifies you that it is searching for tape drives and indexing the archives in them This may take several minutes as the tape drive spins up When Tatu has finished performing the index the splash screen goes away and the main dialog comes up On the right in a tree control are listed the tape drives and the archives contained on the tapes in the drives On the left in a list are the archives already present on the hard drive When you sele
224. order and is fastened to the telephony board rear panel with small wire bails on each side The end entry left in photo RJ 21 male connector goes to the punch block and is held in place with a Velcro strip Note This cable may have special wiring Before substituting a standard 50 pair extender cable for this cable confirm that the telephony boards in your recorder do not have special connections See Appendix H Channel Wiring for Eventide Analog Input Boards on page 203 If you need a greater length you may use an extender cable in series with the cable provided as part of the kit whether or not it is one with special wiring Punch Block The punch block is a convenient industry standard appliance used to connect twisted pair telephone wiring to the recorder It provides a central location to connect your physical wiring The 25 pair Split 50 66 Block has 50 rows and four columns Each row contains four connectors contacts Each outside contact contains an electrical connection to the one next to it creating a pair of contacts but the left pair of contacts are electrically isolated from the right pair of contacts thus they are split Using a punch down tool not provided the telephone wires are forced into a slit cut in the contacts in the block which makes a firm electrical and physical connection The blocks are usually mounted in the orientation shown The right side of the block has a female RJ 21 connector
225. ormal No action required 21 External time source not present Recorder expects an external time source and is not finding one Verify that the time source is connected 22 External time source of type lt 110 gt was detected in the system at time lt 111 gt No action required 23 The process lt 110 gt has been manually terminated No action required 24 lt 110 gt lt 111 gt lt 112 gt lt 113 gt No action required 25 This is a test email sent from recorder lt 1 gt at facility lt 2 gt No action required 26 The recorder lt 110 gt is hot Verify that fans are operational Verify that RAID is ok SETUP gt Raid Status 27 Network cable unplugged Check network cable connection 28 Unable to contact the NTP Network Time Protocol server Check network connections and make sure that the address of the NTP server is correct 50 Initial version lt 110 gt installed at lt 111 gt A history of installed versions 51 Upgrade to version lt 110 gt from version lt 111 gt completed at lt 112 gt A history of system upgrades 52 Recorder does not have a valid license key You are currently on day lt 110 gt of your 7 day grace period Please contact Eventide for a valid license key 53 Recorder does not have a valid license key Your grace period has expired and the recorder will re
226. ough the recorder front panel or Recorder Configuration program Recorder based label printers include the Seiko Smart Label Printer SLP 100 and SLP 120 which are no longer available from the manufacturer They can be connected to the rear COM1 RS 232 connector The COM2 connector if present is reserved for an external time source Note The client based label printers are not interchangeable with the recorder based label printers For example the SLP 440 will not work properly if connected to the recorder rather than the client EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 29 30 Table 5 Label Printers Supported Printer Client based Recorder based Dymo LabelWriter 450 yes no Seiko SLP 440 yes no Seiko SLP 120 no yes Seiko SLP 100 no yes 2 5 The Front Panel User Interface There are three main screens SETUP INFO and RECALL Depending on the recorder model you select the desired mode with a dedicated button or with the touch screen or mouse Depending on how user permissions are set up you may not have access to all of these screens At the bottom of the display are four soft key labels whose functions are selected either by pressing a dedicated button or by the mouse or touch screen Their labels and functions will change with context The encoder wheel can be turned or pressed Usually turning it will let you scroll through a list of items Pressing it will let you
227. owing 1 Click the Create New button at the bottom of the Schedules screen and a screen similar to the following is displayed Recorder Config Please enter a description for the new schedule 2 Enter a name for the new schedule and then click the OK button The new schedule name is added to the list in the Schedules box in alphabetical order 3 In the Schedules box highlight the name of the new schedule you wish to configure The name of the new schedule appears in the Current Schedule 164 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 box on the right side of the display and fields for configuring the schedule are displayed underneath 4 Check the Enabled box to enable this schedule 5 Enter the channel numbers of the channel or channels to be scheduled in the Channels box 6 The Scripting Tag box contains variable configuration data for scheduled notifications 7 Check the Activate Now box if you wish this schedule to start as soon as you click the Apply button Do not check this box if you wish to define a start time in the date and time boxes underneath If you wish to define a specific start time set the time in the boxes 8 Check the Expires Never box if you want the recording to continue until it is stopped manually Do not check this box if you wish to define an end time in the date and time boxes underneath If you wish to define a specific e
228. ows e Blue indicates the account is not on all of the other recorders e Red indicates the account is on all of the other recorders but the accounts have conflicting data e No Color indicates the account is on all of the other recorders with matching accounts information To delete a user select the user with the mouse click Delete and choose whether that user should be deleted from the selected recorder or from all 142 Cep 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 To add or modify user information click Modify button or double click on a user s name Clicking Create New launches a blank screen onto which you enter new user information Figure 20 User Information Screen Modify User Identification User Name Password Repeat Password User can change password d Real Name First Middle Suffix Groups _ Admin _ Research _ Monitor _ Archiver _ Maintenance _ Database Details Accessible Channels Channel Ids 1 256 Channel Names Accessible ROD Channels Email Notification Address Synchronization Replicate changes to all recorders Restrict changes to the account on VA 778 SN91000164 OK Cancel The Details button under Groups allows you to control access to archive drives and to set the instant recall interval limit You can make new or changed user profiles effective for the single recorder selected default or replicate the cha
229. p 2 Recorder Setup Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Recall Oct 26 2005 13 19 23 EDT stan Tine Duration 005 10 26 13 13 42 EDT 005 10 26 13 13 42 EDT 005 10 26 13 13 42 EDT 005 10 26 13 13 42 EDT 005 10 26 13 13 42 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT Backspace Cancel 2 The procedure for filtering CLID digits is identical as that for DTMF digits previously described 3 When finished click OK to perform the search by the selected CLID digits Displaying Columns The main screen s soft key Columns is used to configure which column information displays on your screen 1 Click Columns and the Column Selection window displays Oct 26 2005 13 20 41 EDT 2005 10 26 13 13 42 EDT 0 00 39 2005 10 26 13 13 42 EDT 0 00 39 D an 4 4 Direction otected ppressed 2 mee 2005 10 26 e 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2005 10 26 13 14 25 EDT 2 Select a column type to display and click Toggle To deselect a column do the same thing except with a column heading already selected 3 When finished click OK and the records in the databa
230. p 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 5 8 3 Statistics The Recorder Statistics screen provides comprehensive data about call volume call data statistics and detailed archive information It also implicitly alerts you to impending or actual loss of data due to insufficient storage Figure 28 Statistics Screen Recorder Config File View Help Config Items Calls Calls Calls Audio Unarchived Audio KB Recorders Time UTC Total Tis with Data Audio Archived SIVR 615 SN60001254 erod Audio Size KB Size KB This Period tute 2009 05 04 17 10 00 47 813 47 813 219 692 219 692 47 813 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 Call Suppression 2009 05 04 16 10 00 47 813 47 813 219 692 219 692 47 813 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 User Accounts 2009 05 04 15 10 00 47 799 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 Boards and Channels talons ard Ales 2009 05 04 14 10 00 47 799 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 Alerts 2009 05 04 13 10 00 47 799 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 739 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 Alert History 2009 05 04 12 10 00 47 799 47 799 216 936 216 936 47 799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 2009 05 04 11 10 00 47 799 47 799 216 936 216 938 47799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01 00 00 00 SE 2009 06 04 10 10 00 47 799 47799 pm 2163938 47799 2009 03 14 15 14 53 1989 01 01
231. pared with the current date as displayed on the recorder If the difference between the two dates is less than the number of days that was set as the protection period then the recorder will not permit the disk to be formatted Important The Archive Protection feature must be enabled before a recording on that medium begins You cannot add the feature to a disk that already contains recorded calls Also note that this is a recorder function only If you put the medium in a PC drive there is no protection Eventide recommends using the write protection tab on DVD RAM media for protection of critical archive media 3 4 3 Auto Eject Setup Recall Jul 27 2005 16 56 16 UTC Enable Cancel Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 55 56 Checking Auto eject media causes archive media to be automatically ejected when the medium is recorded This is especially valuable if you are using DVD RAMs with the optional recorder based label printer since you can simply grab the label and stick it on the cassette If you are not using the recorder based label printer it may be more convenient to refrain from ejecting the media That way you can use the optional client based label printer to print a label from Eventide MediaWorks or if you do not have a label printer you can use the recorder Media Info function of the archiving system to give you the start and stop time of the archive which may t
232. printed information and possibly with a README file on the disk If anything in the release notes contradicts something you read here go with the release notes Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Bi Appendix B PBX and Digital Telephony Hardware Information In addition to analog recording the recorders can record digital telephony signals from digital PBX s and from T1 E1 lines If you need to install a digital telephony interface in an installed recorder please contact Eventide The following configuration screen will only be available in the Recorder Configuration program if you have one or more NGX boards installed in your recorder Figure 41 Ai Logix NGX Board Configuration Ai Logix NGX Board Configuration 21 x Logger Start Channel The first in a block of channels assigned to the board in the context of the logger System Start Channel The first in a black of channels assigned to the board in the context of the system i May be different than the Logger Start Channel if there is more than one logger Compression Algorithm T3KBPS GSM A PBX Tupe A A A O Nortel Norstar 4 The following list shows a few of the systems with which the recorder is compatible Please contact Eventide for an up to date list EY Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix B PBX and Digital Telephony Hardware Information 187 Figure 42 Sample PBX Compatibility List Ai Logix NGX Board Configuration 24
233. question If this message occurs frequently or if the data loss is noticeable contact Eventide 1006 Calls are not being recorded due to a recording problem Error lt 110 gt Check general operation of the recorder If INFO screen channel indicators are gray contact Eventide 2001 The media in the lt 111 gt archive drive is almost full No action required 2002 The media with id lt 110 gt in the lt 111 gt archive drive of recorder lt 1 gt is full Change medium 2004 Warning the operation of lt 110 gt was performed when the drive was in a bad state Please retry the operation 2005 System configuration saved to the lt 110 gt archive drive No action required 2006 System configuration was NOT saved to the lt 110 gt archive drive because of the error lt 111 gt Try a different medium or take action based on the error 2008 System Logs were NOT saved to the lt 110 gt archive drive lt 111 gt Ensure that the archive medium is blank and in the correct drive 2009 System configuration was loaded from the lt 110 gt archive drive Please shutdown and reboot your system Shutdown and restart the recorder 2010 System configuration was NOT loaded from the lt 110 gt archive drive because of the error lt 111 gt Take action based on the error 2014 Writing archive to the lt 110 gt archive drive fai
234. r which determines at what time the next archive will start Itisa completely different process To create a selected period archive 1 Insert a blank medium in the archive drive and format as described in Section 4 4 7 Formatting Archive Media on page 120 2 Reselect the archive drive with the Idle Blank media legend 3 Press More twice and select the Archive period soft key 04 16 2005 00 00 00 04 25 2005 00 00 00 4 Select the start date time and end date time of the desired archive period 5 Toggle Protected only to the desired state 6 Confirm that this is the desired period taking into consideration that archives are created in UTC so you may have to make a mental correction for your local time zone When you press OK the system begins writing data to the archive medium Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 4 Recorder Operation 123 4 4 14 Browse Archive Media You browse calls on an archive just as you browse calls on the RAID Browsing means you can view attributes of calls such as date and time search calls and play them back To browse an archive 1 Insert the disk in a drive 2 Select the drive by turning and pressing the scroll wheel or by clicking its bar 3 Press the More soft key 4 Press the Browse Archive soft key The display will indicate Playback when the archive is ready 5 Press RECALL to view search and play back the calls To stop browsing an archi
235. r later MediaCoach User Manual New in Atlas Screen Recording Guide part number 142218 version 01 or later Note Although documented in this publication screen recording features are not intended for production use and general availability they are available only for manufacturer coordinated customer trials ANI ALI Integration Guide part number 142216 version 01 or later Eventide Products and Services For product information visit the Eventide website at www eventide com For technical support email Eventide at support eventide com Note Eventide offers advanced professional services If you are interested in obtaining specialized services or Customer Engineering work contact Eventide through one of the means listed above E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 About This Publication 7 8 About This Publication Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EL 1 Introduction 1 1 Welcome Welcome and congratulations on your purchase of an Eventide Atlas Recorder Eventide invented the digital communications recorder in 1989 With thousands of communications recorders in service in such diverse applications as corporate call centers NORAD nuclear submarines NASA maximum security prisons air traffic control and 911 call centers throughout the world Eventide continues its tradition of combining unmatched ease of use with mission critical reliability This manual will help you maximize the use of your purcha
236. r which format protection is enabled e Format protection active inactive e Physical write protect active inactive e The recorder s model and serial number To view this archive media information 1 Insert the disk in a drive 2 Select the drive by turning and pressing the scroll wheel or by clicking its bar E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 4 Recorder Operation 121 122 3 Press the More soft key 4 Press the Media info soft key A window pops up with information about the archive medium Jul 27 2004 17 54 55 ED Drive Status Sequential mode DVD RAM DVD RAM DVD RAM 5 Press OK or Exit to quit 4 4 12 Printing a Label Note Note Note If either a recorder based label printer or a client based label printer is installed you can print a label containing identifying information for the archive such as the dates of the first and last calls Only apply the label to the indented portion of the cassette shell intended for this purpose A drive identification may be printed on the far right side of the label so that you will know the medium to which it should be affixed The drive identification will be irrelevant after label application and should be manually cut off so that the label will fit in the indented area The following procedures apply only to the recorder based label printers For client based label printers see the Eventide MediaWorks documentation See also Section 2 4 15 C
237. ration differences 131 restart 138 G gateway configuration file 159 224 226 network 91 GPIO boards 191 output alert severity 146 pin 73 recording 70 group channel 151 channel archive 172 H headphones 29 hold times 74 hot swap drive 109 l inactivity timeout 73 indexed field 162 Info screen 31 input gain 72 install recorder 22 recorder software 183 IP address 47 static 89 91 IRIG B time code 95 K keyboard 28 L label printer client based 29 56 models and types 29 recorder based 56 131 170 recorder based alert message 212 recorder based connection 15 29 96 97 supported 30 label printing recorder based enable disable 56 recorder based procedures 122 levels 74 license key 48 52 license key add on 49 52 limit data lifetime 138 limit segment length 138 limited warranty 233 line out 29 live monitor 128 logging verbose 54 logins required 78 logout automatic 78 logs and alerts 152 Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B logs write to removable media 99 looped playback 115 MAC address 47 manuals Eventide documentation 7 M Audio HiFi board 147 189 max of calls in DB 76 maximum number of database records 138 recording time 138 MDC 1200 147 memory 47 metadata archive 104 105 127 re use limit 138 tagging workstation 177 metadata integration configuration file 159 MIB SNMP 160 miscellaneous conf
238. rchive Delay 00 00 12 Archive Mode Channel Group Al Channels ze v Resume archiving on startup v Allow archiving of in progress calls Do call source tracking Create Drive Remove Drive C Limit archive timespan to P days paj hours Archiving configuration and status for YR 725 SN70000596 Moonbeam NET Parameters are the same configuration options as offered on the recorder s Setup screen To successfully enable a network archive drive you must provide at least a hostname and sharename and the rest of the parameters may be required as well check with your network administrator 170 Cnap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 5 13 Centralized Archiving CA Configuration Note Use of the optional Centralized Archiving feature requires an add on software license key Using Recorder Configuration log into all machines involved in the desired Centralized Archiving configuration at the same time If you are adding a new machine to an already existing configuration you only need to log into the new source and the destination machine For each source machine 1 oe o oe N Make sure that all channels are named appropriately as discussed in the Channel Names section Go to Archiving Archive Drives Click the Create Drive key Select Centralized Archive and click OK Enter the IP address of the destination
239. rd on match 140 recorder configuration program 129 130 132 134 135 name 47 137 statistics 155 recording 64 scheduled 163 suppression 139 recurrent active alert 154 regular expression verifier 162 release number 9 47 remote gateway and virtual board configuration file 159 220 224 reports activity 179 resident RTP VoIP RolP 217 configuration 159 219 restart front panel 138 restore archive 101 software install 185 re use limit call metadata 138 revision history 1 RolP recording 217 resident 217 resident configuration 159 219 RS 232 time set 96 RSPAN 219 RTP packet capture 179 recording 217 resident 217 resident configuration 159 219 S scheduled recording 70 163 script configuration file 159 notification scheduling 165 source file 158 tag scheduling 165 searching 110 security 77 TLS 157 security groups 79 segment length 70 77 segment length limit 138 Seiko SLP 100 SLP 120 29 Seiko SLP 440 29 sequential archive 118 170 serial number 51 services Eventide company 7 Index 239 Setup screen 30 46 severity alert 153 209 shutdown 105 108 SMTP 157 password 85 port 83 server 83 username 84 SNMP configuration file 160 parameters 160 trap actions 160 software install upgrade 183 software release version Recorder Configuration 181 software version 9 47 SPAN 219 startup 108 statistics 155 channel 180 scheduled collection
240. rder User Manual v1 9 5 EL This section covers the following boards Analog Input Board Configuration M Audio HiFi Audio Recording Board Configuration Al Logix NGX Configuration Al Logix E1 T1 Configuration VoIP Gateway Configuration Analog Input Board Configuration If you select an analog board and click on the Edit Selection button it displays the Analog Board Configuration window similar to the following S Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Figure 21 Analog Board Configuration Window PIX 2 Analog Board Configuration Recorder Start Channel The first in a block of channels assigned to the board in the context of the recorder system Start Channel The first in a block of channels assigned to the board in the context of the system May be different than the Recorder Start Channel if there is more than one recorder Compression Algorithm 13KBPS GSM m GPIO Output Alert Severity None m Notch Filter Notch filter frequency 2175 m MDC 1200 Enable MDC 1200 OK Recorder Start Channel This parameter is reserved and should not be changed It displays the first channel number for the block of channels assigned to this board at the factory System Start Channel This parameter is reserved and should not be changed It displays the first channel number for the block of channels assigned to this board at the factory for when the recorder is u
241. re this information may not be present when the archive is recorded and so obviously cannot be recorded along with the archive The Write metadata to archive menu item allows you to gather all this later entered data on one medium and to restore it to the recorder if necessary It will not normally be necessary but the purpose of saving it is the same as the purpose of archiving backup and safety To create a metadata archive insert a DVD RAM medium in an available drive and format it if necessary Select Write metadata to archive and confirm you want to do so by pressing the YES soft key Remove the disk and store it with your archives To restore the metadata to the recorder insert the metadata archive and select Read metadata from archive and confirm the operation Unlike the calls themselves metadata takes a very small amount of space ona disk and the complete metadata for a recorder can be backed up on a single CD Metadata is stored in most cases the equivalent of forever and so the most recent metadata backup will suffice to restore this data to all archives Therefore you should determine a reasonable schedule for making these backups once a week perhaps and keep only a couple of disks in rotation for this purpose Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 3 11 7 Read Metadata from Archive Setup Info Recall Jul 28 2005 18 11 30 EDT Networ
242. recorder s address changes as it sometimes does with DHCP Using DHCP If your network administrator tells you to use Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP then check the Enable DHCP box and select OK With DHCP enabled the other network settings for the primary network device are set automatically by the DHCP server and cannot be changed manually The settings remain readable since the information the IP address in particular may be needed for client setting Using a Static IP Address If you do not use DHCP then you must use a static IP address See also Section 3 9 2 Considerations When Using a Static IP Address below 3 9 2 Considerations When Using a Static IP Address When using static IP addresses the network parameters must be set manually from the front panel There are some things you must consider when setting these parameters e The IP address must not be in use by another device If it is then the address may not be accepted and even if it is accepted operation will be unreliable e Ifyou need the recorder to communicate with other devices on the network such as an administration client an NTP server or the Internet then the devices must either be on the same subnet or on a different subnet that can be reached over a gateway In the latter case the address of the gateway must be added to the recorder e The subnet is determined by the Net Mask setting Your subnet is the result of an AND operation bet
243. recorder incorporates an archive protection mechanism this is only effective when playing the archive in the recorder itself When playing the archive in an ordinary PC that accepts the cassette it is not protected from being overwritten unless the write protection tab on the cassette is set CD R Media CD R media are not supported for archiving This is mentioned here because it is sometimes difficult to distinguish a blank generic CD R from a DVD R If you try to archive onto a CD R it won t work and it may not be immediately clear why so be sure to confirm that you are using the proper DVD archive medium EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 4 Recorder Operation 117 4 4 3 Sequential and Parallel Modes These modes apply only to recorders with more than one archive drive Otherwise the setting has no effect Sequential mode means that archiving will continue automatically to the next available medium In the following figure the top disk is writing calls When the disk fills up archiving will continue on the middle drive and then on the bottom drive The middle and bottom drives must contain formatted blank media After the disks are full they can be flipped if they are double sided and the process will continue For example when the top disk Side A fills up the middle disk Side A will begin recording When that is full the bottom disk Side A will begin recording After Side A is full on any of the disks you can fl
244. recorder is recording a handful of channels sporadically you might literally get a year or more of data on the hard drive If you decide to archive calls as they come in the archive medium will easily keep up with the incoming recordings and will only get filled in a week or maybe even a month An alternative strategy might be to record a new medium every week or month on a fixed schedule and let the data accumulate on the hard drive in the interim This has the benefit of making the archives fit a defined period which might be more convenient for subsequent research and is easily scheduled Most applications will fall between these extremes the recorder makes it easy to adjust your strategy so that archive media exchange won t be demanding or burdensome and can be done on a convenient schedule Important Your archive medium may be your only copy of vital data Eventide recommends that any time you insert an archive in a drive capable of writing to it for purposes of viewing or reading the data you activate the Write Protect tab 116 Chap 4 Recorder Operation Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ 4 4 2 Media Selection This section assumes you are using DVD RAM disks for archiving DDS tapes can also be used with some limitations on special order contact Eventide Eventide recommends any of the following configurations of media for DVD RAM archiving e 5 2 GB DVD RAM single sided inside a Type 2 or Type 4 cassette
245. requiring return to the factory and alleviating user error or interconnection problems that may be preventing the unit from operating to its full capability We are available for consultation if the dealer is unable to assist If a part is found to be defective during the warranty period and you wish to replace it yourself we will normally ship the part immediately at no charge provided your warranty registration form is on file We reserve the right to request that the defective part be returned to us Shipping within the 50 United States You are responsible for getting the unit to our door at no cost to us We cannot accept collect or COD shipments We will return the unit to you prepaid at our expense using an expeditious shipping method normally United Parcel Service If you are in a hurry and want us to use a premium shipping method such as air express next day air etc be sure you tell us and agree to pay shipping charges collect If you specify a method that does not permit collect or COD charges remit sufficient funds to prepay shipping Shipping outside the 50 United States If you purchased the unit from a dealer in your country consult with the dealer before returning the unit If you wish to return the unit to us please note the following policies 1 The unit must be prepaid to our door This means that you are responsible for all shipping charges including customs brokerage and duties When a unit is shipp
246. ress or Fully Qualified Domain Name of the gateway The file is created with default parameters after defining the gateway in the Remote Gateway and Virtual Board Configuration file and restarting the recorder For details on RTP VoIP configuration see Appendix J Recording VoIP or RolP Calls on page 217 For details on screen recording configuration files see the Atlas Screen Recording Guide e Resident RTP VOIP Configuration This type of file contains configuration Ton parameters for Real time Transport Protocol RTP Voice Over Internet Protocol VoIP and Radio Over Internet Protocol RoIP channels which reside locally on the Atlas Recorder as virtual board and virtual channels The file is created with default parameters after defining the virtual board in the Remote Gateway and Virtual Board Configuration file and restarting the E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 159 recorder For details on RTP VoIP configuration see Appendix J Recording VoIP or RolP Calls on page 217 Note Although documented in this publication Resident VoIP and RoIP features are not intended for general availability they are available only for manufacturer approved installations e SNMP Configuration File This file is used to configure the recorder for network management using the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP SNMP is used to manage network devices For details on SNMP configuration files
247. rovided that the audio voltage is nominally in the 1 1 Volt range and remains fairly constant Differing voltage levels are compensated for when setting up the board parameters from the recorder front panel Not recommended are sources with greatly varying levels such as speaker outputs Also unusable are microphone signals whose levels are too low by far to be usable without pre amplification To connect the optional HiFi audio board please see Appendix C Connection Information for the HiFi Recording Board on page 189 26 Chap 2 Recorder Setup Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Bi 2 4 9 The Optional Quick Install Kit For each telephone recording board in the recorder you will have received either a mating blue ribbon connector or if ordered as an option a Quick Install Kit The connections for the mating blue ribbon connector are detailed in Appendix H Channel Wiring for Eventide Analog Input Boards on page 203 The pins are numbered on the connector itself for reference The Quick Install Kit Eventide part 109033 003 3 meter cable and 109033 007 7 meter cable include the following components los eo Kal zD em EZ a EZ TUTE TTL Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Table 4 Quick Install Kit Components Cable Connects the recorder telephony board to the punch block The rear entry connector right in photo goes to the rec
248. rsal power supplies This means you can plug the recorder into any line mains voltage from 100 volts to 240 volts nominal However to prevent unplanned shutdowns caused by power glitches or interruptions the recorder requires a UPS unit that meets certain minimum characteristics The UPS must provide power for a long enough period to allow orderly shutdown of the recorder in case of power failure If your facility has a backup generator the UPS should provide power long enough to operate the recorder until the generator becomes operational after a power failure typically a minute or less PLUS a period long enough to allow orderly shutdown of the recorder in case of generator failure The UPS should be an approved model i e one that can communicate its status to the recorder This isn t strictly necessary if your facility is manned and 24 Chap 2 Recorder Setup Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ personnel are trained to shut down the recorder using the appropriate procedure in case of power failure However an approved UPS will keep the recorder running and perform a safe shutdown when its battery power gets low Eventide offers commercial grade heavy duty rack mount UPS units Eventide has tested the following units and confirm they work with the recorders Manufacturer Rating Eventide Rack Part Height APC Tripp Lite 1500VA 940W 120V 427213 001 2U 3 1 2 inch APC Tripp Lite 1500VA 940W
249. s Miscellaneous Call Suppression Scheduled Recording Workstations Metadata Fields Text Files Email Server Daily Statistics Client Activity Cancel In addition to those listed in the illustration reports may be generated for the following criteria Archiving Network Archiving Security Email Network Settings and Clock To generate a report select a listed criteria and click Print Exit Closes all active sessions and exits the program 5 22 2 View Menu Channel Stats A check mark in front of the menu item enables this feature When enabled it opens a window that displays the audio and voltage levels of the signals being applied to the hardware recording boards This information is useful for verifying normal operation of the recorder and confirming that all channels are receiving signals Typically this is accessed from the front panel while making adjustments and the meaning and adjustment of the numbers is discussed in the SETUP section If you are logged into multiple recorders their data will also be shown here Figure 40 Channel Statistics Screen 2 Channel Statisics Channel Ch Name Recorder Board YoxMin VoxMaex Motu TRYMin TRAYMax TRAYCur 1 Channel 1 VR 778 SN9100016 48db A0 db 48 db 45 db 48 db 48 db 1 2 Channel 2 VR 778 SN3100016 1 3 Channel 3 VR 778 SN3100016 1 48 db 48 db 48 db 1 1 4 Channel 4 VR 778 SN3100016 5 Channel 5 VR 778 SN3100016 45 db 48 db 48 db
250. s Write logs to removeable media SPER Noe System Logs hav archive drive essfully saved to the tor Read metadata from archive Post burn DVD R integrity check Touchscreen calibrati Touchs creen calibration LSystem Shutdown 99 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 100 3 11 2 Write Configuration to Archive Login Setup Info Recall Jul 28 2005 18 08 44 EDT E System Info Archive Network Archive amp Recording amp Security WE mail amp Network Settings ot Clock Utilities Read configuration from archive Archive restore Write metadata to archive Read metadata from archive Post burn DVD R integrity check Touchscreen calibration coarse You can save your settings to an archive disk If the settings are lost you can read them back into the recorder Settings include your channel names user accounts network settings and clock synchronization settings Insert a blank formatted archive medium and select Write configuration to archive Note the warning and select Yes to continue If you have multiple recorders mark the disk with the recorder s serial number You should not read back settings from a disk that has settings from a different recorder The recorders may be configured differently and the settings may not be interchangeable It is very valuable to create a regular backup of your configuration and you should do this even if you have decided that you do
251. s and filters out a single frequency pilot tone line proving tone or guard tone from a two way radio signal so that the voice data can be more clearly understood You can specify any frequency in the range 200 3200 Hz Some commonly used tones include the following in Hz 1950 2100 2175 2300 2323 2600 2800 2970 The filter operates with a minimum notch depth of 55 dB and bandwidth of 3 maximum at 3 dB This feature is supported on Eventide analog input boards only e Enable MDC 1200 Enables MDC 1200 decoding which will decode leading or trailing audio frequency shift keying AFSK data in two way radio signals and provide the four digit unit ID of the transmitting radio unit Other MDC 1200 data such as emergency alarm pre defined status message selective call call alert and radio check can be obtained using custom scripts MDC 1200 decoding is supported for analog input boards only and requires an add on software license key To obtain the radio ID for transmissions calls create a custom field named RADIO_ID of type string Radio IDs can then be accessed in call records through MediaWorks Note that a new call record is triggered when a transmission contains a radio ID different from the current call M Audio HiFi Audio Recording Board Configuration The M Audio Board configuration see the following screen uses the Ogg Vorbis compression scheme similar to MP3 for better audio quality at high compression rates wi
252. s may be because of a time change on the system or other normal activity If you believe this is a problem please stop archiving and restart it Check archiving operation 2027 All media on the recorder lt 1 gt is either full or in the wrong state to continue archiving Archiving will not continue until blank archive media is inserted and manually re started 2030 The media loaded in the lt 110 gt archive drive is damaged Error lt 111 gt The media is damaged and some data loss is possible If possible archive the information on the media again Contact Eventide for further assistance if data is missing 2031 The media in the lt 110 gt archive drive with start time lt 111 gt and end time lt 112 gt has encountered problems saving data The archive media may be faulty or damaged Please insert new Media and archive again The system archive time has not been changed 2032 Archive media format failed on the lt 110 gt archive drive Please check that the media is not write protected or damaged Error lt 111 gt 2033 A media error was encountered while loading the lt 110 gt archive drive to browse mode The archive media may be damaged and have missing or incomplete calls This error could be caused by defective media or an improper system shutdown The archive has the start time lt 111 gt and end time lt 112 gt 2200 The recorder lt 1 gt
253. scribed herein The warranty DOES NOT COVER any damage to the unit regardless of the cause of that damage The unit is a complex piece of equipment that does not react well to being dropped bounced crushed soaked or exposed to excessively high temperatures voltages electrostatic or electromagnetic fields If the unit is damaged for these or similar causes and the unit is deemed to be economically repairable we will repair it and charge our normal rates The warranty DOES NOT COVER shipping damage either to or from Eventide If you receive a new unit from us in damaged condition notify us and the carrier we will arrange to file an insurance claim and either repair or exchange the unit If you receive a new unit from a dealer in damaged condition notify the dealer and the carrier If we receive the unit from you with apparent shipping damage we will notify you and the carrier In this case you must arrange to collect on any insurance held by you or your carrier We will await your instructions as to how to proceed with the unit but we will charge you for all repairs on damaged units E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Limited Warranty 233 Who is covered under the warranty The warranty applies to the original purchaser of a new unit from Eventide or an Authorized Eventide Dealer Demo units are also covered by this warranty under slightly different circumstances see the following information on When the warranty becomes effect
254. script either e Custom Script Configuration File This type of file contains modifiable configuration parameters for use by a custom script source file when the custom script has been written to make use these parameters Not all custom scripts use a configuration file e Metadata Integration Configuration File This file is used to configure the recorder to recognize user defined metadata feeds that arrive via a network connection or serial port Use of this feature requires an additional software license key and custom scripting placed in the file to identify the format and parsing of the metadata For details on ANI ALI data integration see the ANI ALI Integration Guide e Remote Gateway and Virtual Board Configuration This type of file defines any remote gateways and virtual boards For each entry in this file the next time the recorder is started the gateway and virtual boards and channels will be added to the recorder in the order they are listed in this file They will appear in the board and channel lists following any telephony boards For details on RTP VoIP configuration see Appendix J Recording VoIP or RolP Calls on page 217 For details on screen recording configuration files see the Atlas Screen Recording Guide e cfg file for remote gateway at lt IP address or FQDN gt This type of file contains configuration parameters applicable to the specified remote gateway where lt IP address or FQDN gt represents the IP add
255. se It includes e A quick start bench test for those who want to quickly familiarize themselves with some basic operations e Guidance on installing your recorder e Descriptions of all of the controls and menu items on the front panel user interface e Step by step instructions on how to set up and operate your recorder Eventide is committed to your satisfaction If after using this manual you still have questions about the operation of your recorder contact Technical Support at support eventide com or call 201 641 1200 The Eventide web site has additional information that may be helpful Go to www eventide com To help us reach you with information on updates and upcoming new features please send us your warranty card Eventide does not provide your information to marketers or any other outside organizations 1 2 Customer Support Information Eventide is committed to your satisfaction If after using this manual you still have questions about the operation of your recorder contact Technical Support at support eventide com or call 201 641 1200 E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 1 Introduction 9 10 The Eventide web site has additional information that may be helpful Go to www eventide com Release Numbers You may need to identify the software version or release number for the following products components Chap 1 Introduction Atlas Recorder Software On the front panel while the recorder is
256. se and general availability they are available only for manufacturer coordinated customer trials e Section 3 9 SETUP Network Settings Revised and added configuration information for dual NICs with bonding to provide failover operation e Section 5 3 Miscellaneous in Recorder Configuration Revised and added new information on call deletion modes e Section 5 8 Logs and Alerts in Recorder Configuration Revised and added new information on active alerts and recurrent active alerts e Section 5 9 Configuration Files in Recorder Configuration Added new information on Custom Script Configuration File Remote Gateway and Virtual Board Configuration File cfg file for remote gateway and Resident RTP VOIP Configuration e Section 5 11 Scheduled Recording in Recorder Configuration Revised and added new information on statistics collection e Section 5 21 Packet Capture in Recorder Configuration Added new section on diagnostic tool for use with Eventide Technical Support e Appendix J Recording VoIP or RolP Calls Revised and added new information on Resident VoIP and RolP Note Although documented in this publication Resident VoIP and RolP features are not intended for general availability they are available only for manufacturer approved installations Notice Regarding Prior Documents Revision history was not tracked for documents prior to May 18 2009 part number 141078 01 version 1 9 0 Where the following
257. se will display with these selected columns and their associated information Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 2 Recorder Setup 39 40 Creating Playlists from the RECALL Screen Playlist is a term used to describe grouping calls that share similar characteristics or attributes Grouping them allows you to quickly retrieve them as a custom group You can easily group several or hundreds of calls from the RECALL screen by following these procedures 1 When you access the RECALL screen all calls resident on your recorder display Calls that are in progress display with a red circle to the left of the channel number To begin creating a playlist press the More soft key The soft key options listed at the bottom of the screen change to Mark Protected Make List Show Lists and More Select the Make List soft key see the following screen Login Setup nfo Recall Oct 25 2005 13 45 46 UTC Lorna setae tn 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 2005 10 25 13 42 56 UTC 200s TT T4256 UTC Make List show 2 The screen refreshes in an aqua green background indicating that you can make selections for a new playlist Note Chap 2 Recorder Setup The Mark Protected Option is used to give an audio record a st
258. sed in a multi recorder setup Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 145 e Compression Algorithm Assigns a compression algorithm for use with the board Options include 13 KBPS GSM 16 KBPS G 726 ADPCM 32 KBPS G 726 ADPCM and 64 KBPS mu law e GPIO Output Alert Severity Sets the alert level for triggering a GPIO signal This feature only applies to Eventide 8 or 16 channel analog input boards For the 8 and 16 channel analog boards the signal is output via tip ring pins 24 and 49 Relay general alarm unless the board has reversed connections where pin 1 is at the bottom of the connector in which case pins 27 and 2 are used Values None No GPIO alarm signal is generated Alert Level 1 Info alerts or higher ignores acknowledgement Alert Level 2 Warning alerts or higher ignores acknowledgement Alert Level 3 Error alerts or higher ignores acknowledgement Alert Level 4 Severe Error alerts or higher ignores acknowledgement Alert Level 1 Unack Info alerts or higher Alert Level 2 Unack Warning alerts or higher Alert Level 3 Unack Error alerts or higher Alert Level 4 Unack Severe Error alerts or higher Default Alert Level 3 Unack Severity settings implicitly include higher levels for example if you set the severity to Level 1 any alert of severity 1 through 4 will trigger the
259. select an item On the VR725 and blank panel models with external monitor a scrollbar and mouse or touch screen click perform the same function A numeric keypad hardware or displayed allows you to enter numbers IP addresses and numeric data The volume control adjusts the speaker and headphone volume 2 5 1 Setup Screen The SETUP screen allows you to view and set various recorder parameters such as IP address time and date network parameters and user accounts Chap 2 Recorder Setup Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B Figure 9 Setup Screen Jul 26 2005 22 05 29 UTC bt Utilities System Shutdown For brief description of the settings on this screen see Table 7 SETUP Screen on page 46 Important If you are in the process of setting up a recorder the very first thing you should do is set the Time Zone of the recorder found in the Clock subsection 2 5 2 INFO Screen The INFO screen allows you to view and set parameters for your archiving tasks check individual channel status and enable live monitoring Figure 10 Info Screen 9 4 og etup O Re op 0 0040 0 Drive Status Sequential mode DVD RAM Playback 146 calls DVD RAM Idle blank media DVD RAM Idle blank media r Channel Status BREREEREREEREREE EE FE EE The top half shows the current status of your archiving drive or drives The Drive Status will say either Sequential mode or Parallel mode depe
260. sent on the RAID To manually set the current archive time 1 Press Setup 2 Scroll to and select Set Current Archive Time If desired make a note of the time shown in the window before changing it EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 4 Recorder Operation 125 04 25 2005 19 59 24 3 Use the arrow soft keys and the scroll wheel to adjust the setting On a touch screen display select the field and entry by clicking on the field or the up down arrows 4 Press OK The next time you start archiving the calls on your RAID closest to the new archive time setting will be archived first Note After manually setting the current archive time you will not be able to use the Resume Archiving function on a used disk You must use a blank archive medium When you have completed recording a medium whose starting time you have selected with the Set Archive Time feature the time pointer is set to the time of the end of the medium just recorded It is NOT set to the end of other data that may have been archived Sometimes this is desired behavior such as when you want to record more data than will fit on a single medium from the starting time you set Sometimes it may not be such as when you want to continue archiving from the end of the last medium you recorded in the normal sequence If the second is your requirement you can reset the archive pointer to where it was as noted in Step 2 If you failed to make a note you ca
261. siderations 229 archiving options delay period 139 Atlas initiated recording 70 Atlas software version 9 audio segment length 70 77 automatic gain control AGC 69 beep tone 69 bench test 19 board Al Logix E1 T1 150 Al Logix NGX digital PBX 148 187 analog 145 203 configuration 65 144 digital PBX 144 M Audio HiFi 147 189 VoIP gateway 150 boards number of 47 bonding NIC 91 browse archive media 124 calls 110 C call deletion 138 length filter 35 playback 114 source tracking 173 suppression 139 caller ID filter 38 calls delete 75 maximum in database 76 centralized archive 171 173 centralized archiving failsafe 172 cfg file for remote gateway 159 226 channel configuration 67 144 filter 34 group archive 172 groups 151 name 68 names 151 statistics 180 wiring See connection diagram or pin assignments channels total 47 Cisco Systems Ethernet switch 219 client activity 178 software 129 software install 131 clock set 92 93 compression algorithm 146 150 Ogg Vorbis 147 189 sample rate 148 Index 237 configuration differences 131 file types 158 files 158 info 47 program recorder 129 130 132 134 135 read from archive 101 write to archive 100 connection diagram Eventide analog board 203 M Audio HiFi board 189 NI PCI 6503 GPIO board 191 192 controlled shutdown 106 custom fields 161 custom script configuratio
262. signal is present 3 Enable AGC if desired Not recommended for broadcast recording recommended for communications or telephone channels 4 Using the VOX Min Max Cur cell note the VOX Cur value with no signal present but with the cabling still connected to account for line noise Then note the VOX Cur value with the lowest level input signal that you are likely to see during use 5 Set the VOX Threshold using the values from the previous step The threshold should be higher than noise but lower than your lowest signal Another possible cause for conversations recorded on multiple separate calls is Hold time This would apply to both VOX Detect and TRV Detect Conversations with pauses longer than the Hold setting will generate a stop recording signal When the conversation resumes a start recording signal will create a second call To determine if this is happening listen to the last several seconds of a call If you hear a pause in the conversation longer than the Hold time followed by a second separate call of the same conversation then the length of the pause caused the stop recording signal If you wish you can increase the Hold time The downside is that longer periods of silence will be recorded at the end of EVERY call on that particular channel For example a 15 second Hold time on Channel 3 will cause a 15 second period of silence to be recorded on every call on Channel 3 3 6 3 Delete Calls After N Days Login Setup I
263. sion of firmware A If this board shows the latest version of firmware you do not need to update the firmware Close the window using the X in the upper right corner to cancel After all the windows close you must complete the gateway upgrade by restarting the gateway Don t forget to upgrade the recorder software and test the recorder to verify that recording works normally B If this board does not show the latest version of firmware you must update the firmware for this board using the following steps 6 To mark this board for a firmware update click on the red X in the Do Update column and it will change to a green checkmark Do not update the firmware for other boards listed 7 To select the firmware file click on the browse button to the right of the Configuration File field Then select the voip_lic_mod_pci_03 zmx file located in D the CD ROM drive root folder and click Open The Firmware Update window is displayed with the name of the firmware file shown in the Configuration Files field 8 To begin the firmware update click on the Start updating board configurations button After the update completes successfully the Status column for this board should show Programming successful and a 230 Appendix J Recording VoIP or RolP Calls Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EL message is displayed saying To re activate updated boards the system must be rebooted 9
264. some do not if you do not restart the recorder your settings may be inconsistent and may cause the recorder to fail 3 11 4 Archive Restore Login Setup info Ce U9 90 2007 13 13 01 ED Archive Restore Drive Status DVD idle ued Eventide media 82751 calls DYD idle used Eventide mecia 87153 calls Select a drive and an action to perform Transfer Period Transter Eject Exit Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 101 102 Aug 30 2007 14 02 52 ED Login Setup Recall archive Restore m Drive Status DVD Idle Full Es a 2250 calls idle uel Eventide media 87153 calls The archive appears to have been created on a different recorder 91000077 Are you sure you wish to continue DVD Cancel Continue In the Archiving section of the SETUP mode there is a menu item Archive restore If you insert previously recorded archive media into one or more drives it will allow you to select that drive with the knob and perform a restore operation i e copy the calls from that medium back to RAID Several checks are performed before transferring the data Does the serial number of the recorder that recorded the archive medium agree with that of the destination recorder Are the channel names of the recorder the same as the destination Does the format of the data on the archive conform to
265. ss the Yes soft key and the recorder starts to shut down Please be patient as this can take minutes especially if an archive medium is being written If for some reason it is not possible to use this standard method to perform a shutdown a controlled shutdown can still be accomplished using the following somewhat riskier alternative Use the front panel key switch VR615 and VR778 or front panel power switch VR725 to initiate a controlled shutdown by pulsing the switch for up to one second as follows 108 Chap 4 Recorder Operation Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 E e Turn the VR615 and VR778 front panel key clockwise for up to one second or push the VR725 front panel power switch for up to one second e Do not pulse the switch for more than one second or else a forced shutdown occurs that can result in lost and corrupted data Eventide does not recommend forcing a shutdown but if it becomes necessary see Section 3 12 2 Forced Shutdown on page 107 4 2 Recording 4 2 1 General Once you have set the recorder s internal clock configured the input board or boards and configured the channels you are ready to begin recording There is no record Start Stop control Recording begins when the input lines are connected and an appropriate signal triggers recording When a channel is recording the channel indicator on the INFO screen will show flashing red 4 2 2 RAID Calls are recorded to a RAID system which
266. strator 84 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 3 8 6 SMTP Password Login Setup Info Recall Jul 28 2005 00 12 59 UTC Enable Disable Emails SMTP Server Backspace Cancel SMTP Password This may be required by the SMTP server Please see your network administrator 3 8 7 SMTP From Address Enable Disable E mails SMTP Server CG i vites LSystem Shutdown Backspace Cancel SMTP From Address The address you want to appear as the sender when the user receives an email e g Eventide Recorder 2 Ez Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 85 3 8 8 SMTP Reply To Address Login Setup Info Recall Jul 28 2005 00 13 27 UTC d Au System Shutdown Backspace Cancel SMTP Reply To Address This is not required The recorder does not accept or respond to incoming email 3 8 9 SMTP Errors To Address Login Setup Info Recall Jul 28 2005 00 13 51 UTC Enable Disable Emails SMTP Server Au System Shutdown Backspace Cancel SMTP Errors To Address This is not required It specifies an address that can receive bounce messages if the recipient s mail can t be delivered 86 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 3 8 10 Force TLS Encryption Info Recall Jul 28 2005 00 14 14 UTC Enable Cancel Force TLS Encrypt
267. t Archiving Set Curent Archive Time Pesiod Archive fiLogs and Alerts Configuration Files Custom Fields p Standard Parameters Archive Delay 00 00 12 S Archive Mode Sequential E v Channel Group All Channels v Resume archiving on startup Archive Sources v Allow archiving of in progress calls Hummingbird 00594 Bluebird 97 Sunshine Do call source trackin EVR 725 39 Honeysuckle 3 GVR 615 SN60000189 Lilypad Enable archive protection for 0 days C Limit archive timespan to D days 0 Lous 70 minutes ive Parameters Auto eject media Enable label printer Create Drive Remove Dive Archiving configuration and status for YR 725 5SN70000596 Moonbeam There is an Archive Control section common to all drive types e The left most button changes based on context It can be Start Archiving Resume Archiving Begin Standby or Cancel Standby e Set Current Archive Time This opens a dialog box that allows you to set the current archive time on the selected drive e Period Archive There is also a set of Standard Parameters common to all drive types S Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 169 e Archive Delay time in hours minutes seconds e Archive Mode Sequential Parallel for systems with two DVD RAM R HD or REV drives Standalone for other drive types
268. t more than 15 It can be rack mounted if the rack has a shelf to support it and the front panel attached to the rack with the screws provided to prevent casual removal It must not be mounted solely with the mounting ears and rack screws If no rack shelf is available a rack slide rail install kit which includes slide rails rear slide supports brackets and mounting hardware can be ordered e Rack Slide Rail Kit for the VR778 Eventide Part 324343 e Rack Slide Rail Kit for the VR725 Eventide Part 324430 e Rack Slide Rail Kit for the VR6O15 Eventide Part 324355 Alternatively a center rack mounting option is also available e Center Rack Mount Kit for the VR778 Eventide Part 108110 e Center Rack Mount Kit for the VR725 Eventide Part 108109 e Center Rack Mount Kit for the VR6O15 Eventide Part 108108 2 4 5 Other Considerations The recorder is shipped with two keys One key should be kept in a safe place as a backup spare You should consider preventing casual access to the other key as well The key should not be used to power down the recorder unless necessary It should be shut off using the SETUP Power down option Otherwise data corruption could occur If it is necessary to use the key to shut down the recorder turn the key and hold it for one second and release the key Do not continue holding it until the recorder shuts down 2 4 6 Connecting AC Power and UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply The recorders use unive
269. t network settings for the primary network device Table 11 Default Network Settings First NIC IP Address Net Mask Network or Subnet Broadcast 192 168 1 101 255 255 255 0 192 168 1 0 192 168 2 1 There are no default settings for the secondary network device The appropriate settings can be obtained from your network administrator or automatically using DHOP Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 If you are using the remote administration and call browsing software provided by Eventide then you should ask your network administrator to provide a static IP address for the recorder The client software will be unable to use services provided by the recorder if the recorder s address changes as it sometimes does with DHCP Using DHCP For the primary network device when configuring for separate operation if your network administrator tells you to use DHCP then check the Enable DHCP box and select OK With DHCP enabled the other network settings for the primary network device are set automatically by the DHCP server and cannot be changed manually The settings remain readable since the information the IP address in particular may be needed to access the recorder remotely Using Static IP Addresses If you do not use DHCP for the primary network device then you must use a static IP address For the secondary network device when configuring for separate operation you must use a static IP address
270. t of scrolling to find your calls Horizontal space is very limited so you will not be able to display more than a few columns at a time And it may take more time for the calls to be retrieved and displayed from the front panel than from the remote clients Lastly the remote clients have functionality not available from the front panel for example the ability to play back multiple calls with a single command 4 3 3 Viewing Calls To view a list of calls first choose whether you want to view calls from the RAID hard drive or calls from an archive To choose the RAID press INFO and make sure that none of the archives are displaying the message Playback If an archive is displaying Playback then select it with the scroll wheel or touch screen mouse and press Stop Browsing Then press RECALL To choose an archive press INFO and select the archive drive with the scroll wheel or click the bar with touch screen or mouse Press Browse Archives and wait for the display to indicate Playback Then press RECALL A list of all calls stored on the chosen medium will be displayed in tabular format Jul 21 2004 16 22 11 ED Login Setup Recall chert Start tine Duration 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 55 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 58 06 AMST 2004 06 30 21 56 06 AMST
271. t the desired cell to be edited e Press the scroll wheel or click on the cell to select the desired cell e Ifthe cell shows a pair of up and down arrows next to it you can adjust the value by turning the scroll wheel to change the value and then pressing the scroll wheel to select the displayed value With a touch screen click on the arrows to raise or lower the setting and then click Enter to select it When Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 67 68 Important Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration done turn the wheel or click on another cell to continue moving horizontally e If the cell contains a check box press the scroll wheel or click on the box to check or uncheck it Turn the wheel or click on another cell to continue moving horizontally e Ifthe cell is a numerical value with no arrows on the side for changing the value then enter the desired value using the numeric keypad and press Enter twice e When done editing a row press Select Row to scroll to a different row or press OK to exit the screen Review the following information before you change channel names When you change the channel name and you browse calls on the recorder all calls on the channel will display the new channel name including calls that existed before the change Calls browsed from an archive behave in the opposite way The channel name in existence when the archive was f
272. tatus along with the unit If the unit was used as a demo the warranty runs from the date that it was received by the dealer The original purchaser gets the unexpired portion of that warranty When you send a unit for repair you should indicate whether or not you believe it to be under warranty If you do not say the unit is under warranty we will charge you for the repair and we will not refund unless the charge was caused by an error on our part If you believe the unit to be under warranty and you do say it is but this disagree you will not incur any charges until the dispute is resolved Reading the above you can see that it is to your advantage to send in the warranty registration form when you purchase the unit If we know who you are 234 Limited Warranty Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ we can send you updates and notifications and advise you of our new products It will also enable you to receive pre shipment of certain parts Who performs warranty work The only company authorized to perform work under this warranty is Eventide Inc Little Ferry New Jersey While you are free to give personal authorization to anyone else or to work on it yourself we will not honor claims for payment for parts or labor from you or from third parties However we and our dealers do try to be helpful in various ways Our dealers will assist usually without charge during the warranty period in determining whether there is a problem
273. th extended frequency response EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 147 Figure 22 M Audio Board Configuration Window S M Audio Board Configuration Recorder Start Channel The first in a block of channels assigned to the board in the context of the recorder m System Start Channel The first in a block of channels assigned to the board in the context of the system May be different than the Recorder Start Channel if there is more than one recorder Compression and Sample Rate 32kHz High Quality el m Stereo Mono Channel Assignments UR 3 4 5 6 7 8 Stereo Stereo Stereo Stereo Mono Mono Mono Mono Cancel e Recorder Start Channel This parameter is reserved and should not be changed It displays the first channel number for the block of channels assigned to this board at the factory e System Start Channel This parameter is reserved and should not be changed It displays the first channel number for the block of channels assigned to this board at the factory for when the recorder is used in a multi recorder setup e Compression and Sample Rate M Audio supports the following sampling rates 8 KHz 12 KHz 16 KHz 22 050 KHz 24 KHz 32 KHz 44 1 KHz and 48 KHz Additionally you can select one of two compression algorithms Low Quality or High Quality The
274. th the connectgor pin wiring going straight through from end to end A crossover cable can be used to isolate the recorder from the network On the VR778 use the RJ45 jack on top For information on administering the network settings for the recorder see Section 3 9 SETUP Network Settings on page 88 2 4 12 Connecting a Keyboard Note A keyboard can be connected to a recorder to allow easier and faster data entry and interaction than is permitted by the recorder front panel interface This can be useful for performing system administration tasks from the front panel and for diagnostic work If you are using the Eventide Recorder Configuration program for remote recorder administration from a client PC then it is unlikely that you will need to attach a keyboard to the recorder The following methods are available for connecting a keyboard to the recorder Chap 2 Recorder Setup Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 e Connect a USB keyboard to any USB connector on the recorder This may be done while the recorder is running and does not require a shutdown and restart of the recorder e Connect a PS2 keyboard to the PS2 connector on the recorder back panel purple on the VR615 and VR725 This should be done while the recorder is off so if the recorder is running it requires a shutdown of the recorder before it is installed 2 4 13 Connecting Headphones Connect headphones to the 1 8 inch jack labeled Headphone on the fr
275. that of the destination Is there any problem with or damage to the archive medium to be transferred Are all or some of these calls duplicates of calls already on the recorder And the perennially popular Are you sure you want to go ahead with the transfer If none of these are appropriate for the medium or if you indicated that you wish to proceed the archive transfer will commence All drives operate independently You can restore archive media in all available drives or you can even record archives on one medium while restoring from another Important 1 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration The restoration process cannot continue once the RAID is full so unless you have a special reason for doing otherwise always restore from the most recent archive backwards If you are restoring archives after a new installation use the Set current archive time facility to make sure that new archives are only recorded from the present forward If you don t set this and begin new archiving after you have restored your archives from a previous installation you might find yourself re archiving the restored archives Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 When you are done restoring your archives be sure to restore the metadata archive disk as well 3 11 5 Archive Restore Period Transfer Aug 30 2007 13 13 01 EDT Info Recall Login Archive Restore Drive Status DVD
276. the primary recorder Under some circumstances such as replacing a recorder or installing new software you might want to restore previously recorded archives to the recorder hard drive The Archive restore feature provides for this Before selecting the archiving mode the user should determine whether to record archives at all The storage capacity of the recorder is so great that it may well exceed the normal retention time of the data There is little point beyond redundancy of recording archives if they will be erased and reused while the data remains on the recorder If it is decided to record archives there are various strategies They depend primarily on the staffing of the facility in which the recorder is installed and the rate at which information is being stored on the recorder Some considerations If your recorder is recording a hundred or more channels on a fairly steady basis you will find that enough data to fill one side of a DVD RAM will be acquired every six or so hours Since it requires about an hour to transfer this much data to the medium in any 24 hour period at least two media will have to be exchanged or turned over In this situation if you do not have someone available to do this for at least one shift five days per week you might eventually get behind and lose data Note that this is an unusual situation Recorders are rarely this busy and if they are it is typically only during business hours If your
277. tig Items Field Name Type Verifier Editable Indexed Recorders 1 user_id String L oZ Js yes SIVR 615 SN69000001 Hyacinth Miscellaneous Call Suppression User Accounts Boards and Channels Logs and Alerts Configuration Files Custom Fields Scheduled Recording Workstations Client Activity Archiving GVA 725 SN7O000596 Moonbeam amp VR 725 SN70000595 Hummingbird VRA 725 SN70000594 Bluebird WYR 725 SN7O000597 Sunshine WVR 725 SN70000039 Honeysuckle VR 615 SN60000189 Lilypad WVR 778 SN99000009 water Lily VR 778 SN99000006 Whippoorwill Delete User defined custom fields for YR 615 SN69000001 Hyacinth Apply Modified The Custom Fields screen allows you to designate new database fields This data can then be included in call records displayed in MediaWorks or MediaAgent Of course data must exist in the fields for the information to be displayed accurately Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 161 Like the Text Field screen you must have Read Write access to the selected recorder to perform any additions changes or deletions The activity buttons at the bottom of the screen Add Modify Delete will display grayed out if you do not have this permission 5 10 1 Adding Modifying and Deleting Fields To add a new entry click Add the following entry screen displays Figure 32 Add Field Window Custom Fields Field Name 32 chara
278. to the system s serial port The VR615 has one serial port Either the time code generator or a recorder based label printer can be connected The VR725 and VR778 have two serial ports The time code generator and a recorder based label printer can be used simultaneously If you need to make a serial communication cable make sure to follow RS_232 pinout specifications which can easily be found on the Internet Use the following procedure to set RS 232 Time Settings 1 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration The date is not affected by the time code generator Set the date using the Date Time menu item as described in Section 3 10 1 Date Time on page 93 Set the time zone to the desired time zone for normal operation as described in Section 3 10 2 Time Zone on page 93 Set the internal clock of the recorder to a time that is slightly incorrect so that time synchronization will be obvious Do not set it to more than 1000 seconds or approximately 16 minutes difference from the real time or it may not synchronize For example set it to 10 minutes slow See in Section 3 10 1 Date Time on page 93 If the time code generator is already connected disconnect it from the RS 232 connector on the back of the recorder Otherwise the recorder front panel controls may become unresponsive when changing the settings Reconnect the cable after all settings are made and saved From the front panel Setup menu select Clo
279. tute because of difficulties in communication or scheduling This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from location to location Limited Warranty Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Bi Index A active alert 154 activity reports 179 activity timeout 72 add on license key 49 52 Al Logix E1 T1 board 150 NGX board 148 187 alarm log 53 See Also alerts alert configuration 152 205 history 154 messages 209 notification 153 205 206 208 repetition 153 severity 153 209 show display 180 types 153 allow modification field 162 always record 70 analog input board 26 145 203 HiFi 147 189 archive 54 115 auto eject 55 125 170 browse media 124 call source tracking 173 centralized 171 centralized failsafe 172 channel group 172 configuration 100 101 control 169 delay 170 drives 169 failsafe 60 failsafe server 59 126 format media 120 labels See label printer amp label printing media 117 E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 metadata 104 105 127 network archive See network archive period 123 period archive 169 173 period transfer 103 protect 124 protection period 55 restore 101 restore software install 185 resume 57 121 125 sequential or parallel 118 170 set time 57 125 169 stop 120 tape archive transfer utility 201 tape drive 197 type 54 view media information 121 VolP gateway con
280. ty numbers passwords and personal identification numbers Click the checkbox to enable this feature To suppress recording you must select a suppression method and create a list of telephone numbers Then you must enable record suppression on a channel by channel basis by marking the Enable Record Suppress checkbox in Section The Channel Configuration Screen on page 67 The following instructions describe how to create and manage a list of telephone numbers To add a new entry to the list of numbers click New Entry This displays a text entry box similar to the following S New Call Suppress Number A Enter a new phone number and description for call suppression Phone number Description Enter a full or partial telephone number A call containing this numeric sequence within its telephone number will cause a match For example if you enter 800 555 1234 any calls from this number will cause a match but if you enter only 555 any calls with this sequence within the number will cause a match A partial number allows you to specify all calls from an area code or exchange Whereas the Suppress on match method is typically used for very specific telephone numbers the Record on match method is often used with a partial 140 Cnap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ number sequence For example if you want to match on an area code and exchange you can enter 800 555 Note that a c
281. u left off by using the Resume soft key To resume archiving Select the drive and press the Resume button The calls should continue being archived at the point they left off The resume function will not be available on the disk if you have archived toa second disk in between the time you have stopped and attempted to resume on the first disk In other words if you stop archiving and the disk is only partially full use the same disk when you resume If you use another disk you will no longer be able to append files to the first disk Of course you can format the first disk to reuse it but you will lose the existing files This is a consequence of a feature that ensures that archives contain consecutive calls so that archives can be cataloged more easily While archiving the recorder maintains an internal pointer to the current file being archived If archiving is stopped and resumed the recorder compares the pointer to the most recent call on the disk If it matches then the Resume soft key will be displayed and calls will be archived consecutively Otherwise the Resume soft key will not be displayed and a blank archive medium must be inserted 4 4 11 Viewing Media Info You can view the following information about your archive media e The start time of the earliest call on the archive e The start time of the latest call on the archive e The number of calls e Used disk space in kilobytes e Full Yes No e Number of days fo
282. uration from EEN ee aici ose ENEE ee 101 3TA ArehVe ae E 101 3 11 5 Archive Restore Period Transfer sxisiccccnetsinyenstecoseetescxesdsuecstvesntiead nevedsntoesmeeerneendenee 103 3 11 6 Write Metadata to Archive EE 104 3 11 7 Read Metadata from Archive cccccecceeeeeeeeeeceeneeeeeeeesenseeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeseneeseenseees 105 3 11 8 Touch Screen Calibration Coarse and Eine 105 3 12 SETUP System SHUIJOWM ee eee eee 105 3 12 1 Controlled EE Ee EE 106 3 122 get E 107 4 Recorder Operation E 108 1 SEN 108 4 2 PREC re E 109 4 2 1 NANG EE 109 422 RAID EE 109 4 3 Searching Sorting and Playing Cas 109 43d ET E 109 4 3 2 Considerati NS E 110 4 3 3 E ie Ke 110 4 3 4 Filtering and SQArCMWNG x siecccsscecevcnsandes scaedanchesecansysstaxteeisacedeedactndaadiseeuduaaieccacaatasetienenc 110 En teeth egditandc egs ue eteceectucaetnccot E n 113 4 3 6 Playing Back Calls a acecassaactacassaarminsqutaneeteausernanedeotenady axmutoumecaneasambieenacateacsanactaceareats 114 AS ele EE 115 44 tele EE 115 E EE 115 4 4 2 Media Selection E 117 4 4 3 Sequential and Parallel Modes AAA 118 4 4 4 DVD RAM Drive Operation ssiiek eege ege dander dee 118 4 4 5 Selecting and Deselecting an Archive Drive EEN 120 E Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Contents V 5 vi 4 4 6 Opening Closing the DVD RAM Drive AE 120 4 4 7 Formatting Archive E E EE 120 4 4 8 Start FARO IIIS EE 120 4 4 9 Stop PPC MANY ING EE 120 4 4 10
283. username that has been granted read write access to the hostname and share name where the archives will be stored 3 5 6 Password Setup Info Recall Jul 27 2005 19 32 13 UTC Archive failsafe server Enable disable archive failsafe Archive fallsafe behavior Network Archive Utilities Backspace Cancel Password the Password associated with the Username on the Microsoft Windows server Ez Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 63 64 3 5 7 Set Current Network Archive Time Info Recall Jul 27 2005 19 32 44 UTC Wo1 1989 00 00 00 Cancel Set Current Network Archive Time works identically to Setup Archive Set current archive time There is no requirement that the local media and the network archive times be the same They can be set and reset independently 3 6 SETUP Recording This section discusses how to view and adjust settings on the Eventide Analog Input Board and the individual channels The Analog Input Board provides an interface to analog signals and is optimized for voice recording of telephone lines Eventide offers interfaces to other types of signals such as digital PBX stations and high quality broadcast radio Contact Eventide for more information and check the Appendices to the manual Board configuration Channel configuration Delete calls after N days Max of calls in DB Audio segment length Board configuration is used prim
284. v1 9 5 Recorder Config File View Help Contig Items Code Display Text Recorders 0 blank BVR 778 SN99000002 1 the system has received a test alert Miscellaneous 3 4 justabeep Call Suppression 1 4 ESM SPS a rere rr User Accounts ren Boards and Channels Recorder Config Alert GLogs and Alerts h loss or user intervention is expected Alert Code 5 lary systems may temporarily behave unexpectedly Alert History Display Text Hem is attempting to recover Recent Data may hav Statistics the recorder lt 1 gt has lost the network connection b of data The shutdown time was approximately lt ne SE Resolved Display Text Configuration Files network connection restoredion recorder lt 1 gt ta may be damaged Custom Fields s changed from lt 110 gt to lt 111 gt in the elapsed Scheduled Recording Severity TEME EI Repeat period seconds jo Workstations Client Activity _ Send Email Display DisplayRemote Archiving OK Cancel erating range The Core temperature is lt 110 gt network cable unplugged Unable to contact ntpd initial version lt 110 gt installed et 11173 upgrade to version lt 110 gt from version lt 111 gt completed at lt 112 gt The recorder does not have a valid license key You are currently on day lt 110 gt of your day grace period The recorder does not have a valid license key Your grace period has expired and the recorder will regain full functionalit The re
285. ve 1 Return to INFO screen 2 Select the drive that indicates Playback 3 Press More 4 Press Stop Browsing soft key 4 4 15 Archive Protection Archive protection is a feature that allows you to attach a set number of days to a disk during which the disk cannot be formatted in the recorder It is intended to guard against unintentional formatting When a protected disk is inserted into the recorder the date of the latest call on the disk is compared with the current date as displayed on the recorder If the difference between the two dates is less than the number of days that was set as the protection period then the recorder will not permit the disk to be formatted Important The Archive Protection feature must be enabled before recording begins You cannot add the feature to a disk that already contains recorded calls To enable archive protection 1 Press Setup Scroll to and select Archive Protection Period Press the Enable soft key Punch in the number of days that you want for the protection period Press ENT or OK o o ee oe Insert a blank formatted disk in the recorder and start archiving The disk will be protected 124 Chap 4 Recorder Operation Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 EZ 4 4 16 Auto Eject The auto eject feature when enabled will cause the archive disk to eject automatically when full This provides the operator with an obvious indication that the disk must be flipped o
286. ved is determined by an internal archive pointer This pointer tracks where you left off archiving with the previous disk so that the next disk will begin where the previous one left off Also if you are in the middle of a disk and you stop archiving for whatever reason such as the need to browse calls on the disk you can resume archiving at the point where you left off The goal is to ensure that only consecutive calls Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 57 58 Important Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration are recorded on each disk making labeling and searching easier This pointer is maintained automatically However there are times when you may want to manually set the current pointer location For example you may have misplaced an archive disk and you want to re archive calls Of course to do so the calls must still be present on the RAID To manually set the current archive time use the arrow soft keys and the scroll wheel to adjust the setting On a touch screen display select the field and entry by clicking on the field or the up down arrows Press OK when you are content with your selection The next time you start archiving the calls on your RAID closest to the new archive time setting will be archived first When you have completed recording a medium whose starting time you have selected with the Set Archive Time feature the time pointer is set to th
287. ver or replaced To set the auto eject feature 1 Press Setup 2 Scroll to and select Auto Eject 3 Press the Enable soft key to enable it or Disable to disable it 4 Press ENT or OK 4 4 17 Resuming Archiving on Start Up If the recorder is recording to an archive and is shut down normally this feature when enabled will cause archiving to resume when the recorder is restarted The feature is enabled by default To set the feature 1 Press Setup 2 Scroll to and select Resume Archiving on Start up 3 Press the Enable soft key to enable it or Disable to disable it 4 Press ENT or OK 4 4 18 Setting Current Archive Time When you start archiving the first call to be archived is determined by an internal archive pointer This pointer tracks where you left off archiving with the previous disk so that the next disk will begin where the previous one left off Also if you are in the middle of a disk and you stop archiving for whatever reason such as the need to browse calls on the disk you can resume archiving at the point where you left off The goal is to ensure that only consecutive calls are recorded on each disk making labeling and searching easier The pointer is maintained automatically However there are times when you may want to manually set the current pointer location For example you may have misplaced an archive disk and you want to re archive calls Of course the calls must still be pre
288. vides a graphic view of the remaining capacity of the archive medium lt The start time of the call currently being archived gt As each call is archived the start time and date of the call are displayed The bottom half of the INFO screen displays information about live incoming calls Each small block represents a channel Each channel displays its number and a color e Green The channel is ready for recording e Red Audio is being recorded e Blue Audio is being monitored e Gray The channel is not ready for recording The audio interface board may be missing or has not been recognized by the recorder e Yellow Recording on the channel has been disabled by the Record Enable setting in Eventide MediaWorks or the recorder front panel Lastly a Monitor soft key brings up a list of channels that can be selected for live monitoring 2 5 3 RECALL Screen The RECALL screen is where you view search and play back calls Calls are displayed as rows one row per call You can specify which columns to display The default view is Channel Number Start Time and Duration Searches are Chap 2 Recorder Setup Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 B accomplished by applying filters to the main call list Calls can be filtered on date and time channel number and dialed DTMF digits among other parameters Playing Audio Records Do the following to play back a recording 1
289. vides the means to suppress or prevent calls from recording audio data will not be recorded but the recorder retains non audio data about the calls This feature is accessible only from the Recorder Configuration program and not from the recorder front panel This feature can be used for a variety of purposes including implementing a legally mandated Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 139 attorney client privilege or assuring privacy for undercover officers or high ranking officials Two mutually exclusive suppression methods are provided e Suppress on match Suppresses recording for all calls that match a telephone number in the list The recorder discontinues recording a call as soon as the telephone number is recognized e Record on match Suppresses recording for all calls except for those that match a telephone number in the list The suppression method applies to the entire list of telephone numbers rather than to individual telephone number entries To select a suppression method click on the radio button next to it The Suppress DTMF feature applies to all call suppression When recording is suppressed for a call and this feature is enabled the recorder will not store a record of the telephone keypad dialing tones Touch Tones that occur during the call This can be useful to prevent the storage of sensitive data transmitted by DTMF during a call such as social securi
290. vity timeout alert has triggered This setting does not affect the actual recording of the call It simply issues an alert Inactivity Timeout is useful for alerting you to circuits that should have signals but do not If you are monitoring a radio channel and the radio is turned off the inactivity timeout will eventually call this to your attention Likewise an unused but active and paid for telephone line can be identified with this feature Of course legitimate inactivity can span weekends and holiday periods Setting periods too short can result in nuisance alerts GPIO Pin Specifies a value indicating the input pin pair on the GPIO board that is used for triggering recording to start or stop This field is used with the detect GPIO setting For the NI PCI 6503 24 channel GPIO board values are as follows specifies pin pairs 47 48 PAO specifies pin pairs 45 46 PA1 specifies pin pairs 43 44 PA2 specifies pin pairs 41 42 PAS specifies pin pairs 39 40 PA4 specifies pin pairs 37 38 PAS specifies pin pairs 35 36 PA6 specifies pin pairs 33 34 PA7 specifies pin pairs 7 8 PC4 specifies pin pairs 5 6 PCS 10 specifies pin pairs 3 4 PC6 VD OD JO Om HRWBNHrH CO 11 specifies pin pairs 1 2 PC7 For the NI PCI 6527 48 channel GPIO board values are as follows specifies pin pairs 47 48 DIG 0 0 specifies pin pairs 45 46 DIG 0 1 specifies pin pairs 43 44 DIG 0 2 specifies
291. way system and is located in the following directory C program files cybertech parrot dsc maintenancetool ex Note Your gateway must be successfully configured prior to using this utility For a description of this task see Topic VolP Gateway Configuration on page 224 Start the Parrot DSC Maintenance Tool and the following window is displayed DB Board number SAX Board number X Cancel e Select Board Number 2 and click OK A blank screen with a command prompt is displayed e Type the following command and press Enter to generate a listing of all traffic currently active in the system Ap list e A listing similar to the following is displayed EL Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix J Recording VoIP or RoIP Calls 227 228 ap list 327 Current IP list total entries 18 ch i prot codec vlan time 192 53 103 103 00 04 Sa 6a 49 66 192 168 1 38 00 01 02 3f b c 192 168 2 1 00 04 Sa 6a 49 66 192 168 2 10 00 16 76 8b 05 07 192 168 2 13 00 08 al 00 d6 6f 192 168 2 14 00 80 ad 7a 82 73 192 168 2 50 00 01 02 63 86 36 192 168 2 63 00 07 32 00 f4 4de 192 168 2 153 00 04 13 24 6c 98 192 168 2 156 00 80 ad 7a 82 73 192 168 2 209 00 04 f 2 04 e7 0d 192 168 2 232 00 04 13 24 65 bl 192 168 2 233 00 80 ad 78 Zl fa 192 168 2 235 00 13 Z0 08 60 88 192 168 2 237 00 13 20 09 fb 94 192 168 2 239 00 04 f 2 04 eb 4a 192 168 2 246 00 11 11l el lce 34 193 120 10 3 00 04 Sa 6a 49 66 W W 0 0 0 0 0 0
292. ween the 4 octet net mask and the 4 octet IP address See Table 10 Sample Net Mask and Subnet Settings on page 90 for two common examples of net masks Your facility s network administrator should be able to help you in assigning the proper IP address net mask broadcast address and if necessary gateway address for the recorder If the recorder will be sending email one or more DNS servers must be entered To EB Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 89 90 set the addresses simply enter them in the blanks using the Switch softkey or the mouse to change fields Table 10 Sample Net Mask and Subnet Settings Net Mask IP Address Network or Subnet 255 255 0 0 123 45 67 89 123 45 0 0 255 255 255 0 123 45 67 89 123 45 67 0 3 9 3 Dual Network Interface Cards NICs Note Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration The recorder is provided with one NIC but a second NIC can be ordered as an option The second NIC is installed in a PCI slot that could otherwise be used for an input board The network devices can be configured separately or as a redundant pair To configure the network devices select Network Settings from the Setup menu Dual NICs with Separate Operation When you select Primary Network Device and your recorder has two network devices the following screen appears Switch The recorder is shipped with the following defaul
293. x 188 Appendix B PBX and Digital Telephony Hardware Information Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Appendix C Connection Information for the HiFi Recording Board Figure 43 M Audio 1010LT HiFi Board Connection Diagram on page 190 shows a rear panel drawing and pinout diagram of the optional HiFi recording board This board has both audio inputs and outputs but only the inputs are used in this application Recordings made with this board use the Ogg Vorbis algorithm to reduce storage requirements while still providing excellent audio quality and frequency response In the following abbreviations A simply stands for Audio AIN Audio Input pin channel number AOUT Audio output pin number AGND Audio ground All grounds are equivalent For an unbalanced audio input connect the hot input to AIN channel and the ground input to any AGND pin If the source is balanced using a transformer connect the signal to AIN channel and connect both the signal and the ground lead to any AGND pin If the source is balanced using op amps connect the signal to AIN channel and connect the ground lead to any AGND pin Do not connect the signal to the recorder The mating connector kit for M Audio Hi Fi board is Eventide p n 105200 It includes one DB44 male connector solder type and one DB44 hood Each Hi Fi board is supplied with one kit Configuration of the HiFi recording board has fewer steps than
294. y For voice audio or call recording it records regardless of input signal or voltage conditions This is useful if there are periods of silence that need to be recorded such as dead air on a broadcast station or long periods of dead silence in a courtroom For screen recordings the recording includes when the screen saver is on This setting is not affected by the Activity Timeout or Inactivity Timeout parameters Note If recording Always it can be helpful to break the recording into smaller segments such as 1 hour segments To do this using the Recorder Configuration program select Miscellaneous gt Limit Segment Length and Maximum minutes per audio segment To do this through the recorder front panel select Setup gt Recording gt Audio Segment Length gt Enable audio limit and Limit Recording Segment Length in minutes GPIO Uses an input signal from an optional General Purpose Input Output GPIO board to trigger recording start and stop The pin pair that carries the input signal is specified in GPIO Pin column Recording starts on a high signal and stops on a low signal This allows a variety of external devices to trigger recording Scheduled Uses Scheduled Recording to start and stop recording For detals see Section 5 11 Scheduled Recording on page 163 Atlas Initiated Records based on start stop requests from the Atlas Recorder itself This is used in conjunction with custom scripts or other specialized programmi
295. y Timeout Timeout value in seconds When set alert 3001 Channel was active for more than X seconds is issued if a channel is continuously active for longer than the timeout value The factory default is 0 which disables the function The timeout will occur for both VOX and TRV Detect settings The alert consists of a red window that pops up on the front panel of the recorder with a message that the activity timeout alert has triggered This setting does not affect the actual recording of the call It simply issues an alert Activity Timeout is useful for calling attention to open or defective telephone circuits When a channel is set for TRV detection a LOW voltage activates it If the circuit is open due to a broken wire the voltage will always be LOW and the recorder will issue an alert if this condition persists If you are going to use this feature then you should set this value to one that is longer than any reasonably expected call or message to avoid nuisance alerts 72 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Inactivity Timeout Timeout value in seconds When set alert 3002 Channel was inactive for more than X seconds is issued if there is no activity on the channel for longer than the timeout value The factory default is 0 which disables the function The alert consists of a red window that pops up on the front panel of the recorder with a message that the inacti
296. y for when the recorder is used in a multi recorder setup e Compression Algorithm Assigns a compression algorithm for use with the board Options include 13 KBPS GSM 16 KBPS ADPCM 32 KBPS ADPCM and 64 KBPS mu law e PBX Type Lists all supported PBX types e Telco Encoding Law Supported encoding types are A law and mu law Al Logix E1 T1 Configuration The Recorder Configuration program supports operation with AI Logix E1 T1 boards Figure 25 E1 T1 Board Configuration Window S Ai Logix DT Board Configuration Board and Port Types Ai Logix 6409 T1 Recorder Start Channel i b The first in a block of channels assigned Port 1 Line Coding Vi tothe board in the context of the recorder Port 1 Framing Format ESF Y System Start Channel Pott 1 Signalling Type ISDN ei The first in a block of channels assigned to the board in the context of the system i Last National ISDN 2 May be different than the Recorder Start eee National ISDN 2 i Channel if there is more than one recorder Port 2 Line Coding Se Compression Algorithm Port 2 Framing Format ESF 13KBPS GSM v Port 2 Signalling Type ISDN Port 2 Signalling Variant National ISDN 2 OK Cancel The installation and configuration of an E1 or T1 board is done entirely at the factory and it is typically not required that any of the configuration parameters be changed Suffice to say that depending on the board installed the successive list of options chan
297. you need to change the name of a field or any other characteristic not supported by the Edit mode you must delete the field and re enter it with the new attributes To delete an existing field select its number and click Delete The following confirmation window then displays Figure 34 Custom Field Delete Confirmation Message E Confirm Delete Custom Field AN re you sure you want to delete the custom field test Yes No Click Yes to proceed click No to cancel the action 5 11 Scheduled Recording You can create schedules that control the timeframes for e Recording e Not recording disable recording N e Sending an event message to a custom script oer SN New i e Collection of recorder statistics T T This section includes the following procedures or topics e Section 5 11 1 Creating a New Schedule e Section 5 11 2 Scheduling Periods e Section 5 11 3 Modifying an Existing Schedule e Section 5 11 4 Deleting a Schedule In the Recorder Configuration program select Scheduled Recording from the Config Items menu on the left side of the screen See Figure 35 Scheduled Recording Screen on page 164 S Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 5 The Client Based Atlas Recorder Software 163 Notes 1 To create modify or delete schedules you must have Read Write permissions for the system Otherwise the activity buttons at the bottom of the screen Create New Delete Apply are grayed out
298. zes to the external source shortly after you have activated it 3 10 6 Time Sync Status Setup Info Recall Jul 28 2005 14 26 12 EDT Status as of Thu Jul 28 18 25 37 2005 UTC NOT Synced to source ntp0 usno navy Reachability register 0x0 Poll Interval 64 seconds Time since last packet 1 seconds The Time Sync Status screen shows whether the recorder is correctly synchronized to an external source The top screen shows that it is not receiving Atlas Recorder User Manual v1 9 5 Chap 3 Recorder Configuration and Administration 97 NTP synchronization The bottom screen shows the recorder operating in synchrony with NTP source time nist gov Note The information in the Time Sync Status screen is not refreshed automatically You must exit the screen and reselect it to display fresh information Info Recall Jul 28 2005 17 10 15 EDT Status as of Thu Jul 28 21 09 55 2005 UTC Synced to source time nist gov Reachability register Oxf Poll Interval 64 seconds Time since last packet 51 seconds Time since last reached 0 seconds Reachable for 256 seconds 3 11 SETUP Utilities These utilities are especially helpful for maintaining backing up and migrating your recorder settings Note When you create a disk with recorder information and settings Eventide strongly recommends that you immediately label it with a description of the contents the date and the recorder serial number Only DV

Eventide VRs User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents